Capability Amplifier

View Details

I've been doing podcasts since the early 2000s – before it was mainstream and way before it was easy. I remember when you needed a “hack” just to get these audio files onto your iPod. (Remember those things?)

It's wild to think about how far it's come. Back then, people thought it was a giant waste of time.

Now, podcasting is arguably the most powerful, dominant form of media of our time.

Here’s why:

Podcasts are a dominant media platform because they are intimate and are not regulated. Think about how FDR used the radio to connect with people, and how JFK mastered television. Now, it's all about podcasts, which are like audiobooks, allowing real, long-form connection. This intimate and direct access, with no gatekeepers, makes podcasts incredibly powerful.
The Bill of Rights is the foundation of our entrepreneurial economy. The Bill of Rights is not just some old document, it's what enables us to innovate and own our creations, protecting individuals from government overreach. The first 10 amendments are the basis for a purely entrepreneurial country.
Adaptability to new communication methods is key to success. From radio to TV to social media and now podcasts, we've seen how figures like Roosevelt, JFK, Obama, and Trump have used new media to their advantage, and how those who fail to adapt are left behind.

QUICK KEY TAKEAWAYS [0:00:17]: Over the past 20 years, podcasting has risen to become a dominant and accessible form of media, with no barriers to entry, creating a level playing field for content creators. * [0:00:39]: The Bill of Rights is foundational for entrepreneurial opportunities in the United States and the basis for freedom of speech, which is directly tied to podcasting. * [0:01:44]: Various media, including radio, television, cable, and social media, have amplified the influence of powerful figures throughout history, success often hinged on how well they were managed. * [0:26:31]: Roosevelt used radio for his Fireside Chats, Kennedy mastered his presence on television, Obama utilized social media, specifically Facebook, and Trump used Twitter and podcasts to sway and affect public opinion. Conversely, presidents like Nixon failed to adapt. It’s possible Donald Trump's first election was significantly influenced by his podcast placements. He used “outrage” and “fake news” tactics to undermine mainstream media. * [0:45:16]:* The lack of centralized control in podcasting is a key advantage, allowing for more freedom of expression and content creation. Podcasts are personal and intimate, and as a result, they can make a huge impact.

Additional Resources:* Watch My Video on How To Use Ai to Launch your podcast. * Download my free bestselling book – Punch the Elephant. * SUBSCRIBE FOR MORE VIDEOS

The post How Media Mastery Shapes Politics from Roosevelt to Trump first appeared on Capability Amplifier.

View Details

What takes 7 hours, 11 touch points, and 4 channels?Converting your ideal client.

Joe Stolte, CEO of Daily Ai, started his career with Fortune 100 companies, like Microsoft, and gained unparalleled insights into what compels customers to buy.
After that, he made three highly successful exits, and now runs an Ai driven email and digital marketing platform called Daily Ai.

Daily Ai uses machine learning and artificial intelligence to learn how to talk to your client about what they actually want to hear about. This makes it easier to hit those engagement markers faster, and more efficiently.

Here are the Key Takeaways:1. Daily Ai's core philosophy is “outcomes over outputs” – focus on achieving real business results for clients. 2. The platform uses adaptive learning to tailor newsletter content based on subscriber behavior and engagement, not just what brands think subscribers want. 3. Daily Ai has high open rates (40-60%) and sends millions of emails daily across 37+ industries. 4. Best practices for email marketing: * Free book offers tend to perform well due to low friction * The second position in newsletters often gets the best click-through rates, * Ads further down in newsletters get fewer but higher quality clicks * Friday is generally the worst day for email opens * 4-7am Eastern time works well for international audiences 5. The “7-11-4 rule” for marketing: It takes about 7 hours of interaction across 11 touchpoints on 4 different platforms to convert a cold prospect. 6. Daily AI is expanding beyond newsletters to create a “digital smart response marketing system” that will personalize messaging across multiple channels. 7. The ideal customer for Daily Ai: * Has a list of 1000+ subscribers * Has an existing, profitable product/service * Limited time or team for marketing * Growth-minded and wants to improve marketing * Willing to curate third-party content 8. Daily Ai is adding more personalization features, including one-to-one segmentation and automated personalized messaging based on subscriber behavior. 9. Daily Ai integrates with various marketing tools and can help optimize ad targeting on platforms like Facebook and Google.

Time StampsHere are detailed timestamps for key points in the conversation:

[00:00:00 – Joe Stolte and Mike Koenigs Introductions00:02:22 – Joe explains how Daily Ai differentiates itself in the Ai content space00:06:25 – Discussion of Daily Ai's early promise and competitive advantage00:08:07 – Joe outlines future plans for a “digital smart response marketing system”00:09:22 – Joe's background and experience as a serial entrepreneur

00:12:47 – Mike's perspective on Daily Ai's benefits

00:15:38 – Joe shares insights on email marketing strategies and timing

00:20:29 – Discussion of the “bigger promise, bigger proof” concept in marketing

00:23:03 – Insights on ad placement within newsletters

00:24:08 – Tips on best times to send newsletters

00:28:40 – Explanation of the 7-11-4 rule in marketing

00:31:23 – The importance of podcasting in marketing strategy

00:34:33 – Discussion of upcoming personalization features in Daily Ai

00:36:22 – Description of the ideal customer for Daily Ai

00:37:38 – Content categories and types of businesses best suited for Daily Ai

Additional Resources DOWNLOAD YOUR FREE BOOK: HOW TO 10X YOUR PRODUCTIVITY, CLONE YOUR SMARTEST EMPLOYEES, AND MONETIZE YOUR IP IN THE NEW Ai-ECONOMY * SUBSCRIBE FOR MORE VIDEOS*

The post Expedite Customer Connections with Ai first appeared on Capability Amplifier.

View Details

In this episode, Dan reveals that he filled 60 notebooks only for them to be washed away in a flood. He could have mourned this, but instead chose to see it as closure to a past era. Mike shares a similar experience where he threw away every box he had after his divorce. These are life changing moments, where one radical act of letting go, either by nature or by choice, transformed both Dan’s life and Mike’s life.

Dan discusses how high achievers struggle with overcoming what seem like small obstacles to many because their attachment to a vision isn’t linked to a measurable, realistic goal. Their vision in general, be it perfection or manufactured by someone else, may not even be “real.” And this can be tragic, and in some cases, fatal.

One of the most transformative decisions we can make in our lives is to let go of our attachments to the past, and use obstacles as an opportunity to grow.

Key Takeaways:1. The Between Thinking and Wanting * State what you want clearly and without explanation. * The power of a strategy circle concept of vision, obstacles, and how to transform them into actions. * What it takes to overcome obstacles and achieve one's vision. 2. Impact of Setbacks and Fragility * Setbacks in breakthroughs, and how to navigate them from within * Balancing resilience and fragility for success 3. Adoption of Ai in Business * How to use DigitalCafe.Ai for building relationships * How to use Ai to create resonant conference presentations * The importance of never being boring and using Ai as an unfair business advantage 4. Concept of Checking Out in Life * Discussion on shame, failure, and depression leading to “checking out” * Role of internal chemistry and luck in life outcomes * Importance of clarity in desires and decisiveness 5. Personal Reflections and Progress Measurement * Dan Sullivan's reflection on decisiveness and lack of sentimentality * Why it is important to set realistic measurements for goals * Responsibility of self-confidence and understanding oneself 6. High Performers and Mental Health * Contributing Factors to high performer suicide rates * Pressures on smart kids and high achievers 7. Impact of Environment and Feedback * Influence of environment and feedback on mental health. * Personal defeat and self-assurance without contemplating suicide. 8. Self-Discovery and Personal Growth * Dan Sullivan’s focus on personal happiness and growth * Dan’s commitment to journaling after divorce and bankruptcy * Finding an ideal and effortless relationship * Importance of ambitious and growth-focused individuals * Destruction of journals symbolizing release of the past 9. Material Possessions and Freedom * Mike Koenigs’ experience selling a company and feeling burdened by possessions * Koenigs’ rule about possessions and attachment post-divorce 10. Developing Skills, Creating Value, and Enhancing Communication * How important communication and engagement are * Insights into using Ai tools to build relationships * A deep need to create value and innovate * Concern about the limited willingness of students to learn new skills * The changing education and employment landscape * Potential of skilled trades offering lucrative and secure careers 11. Belief and Positivity in Relationships * Choosing paths of belief and tools focusing on positivity * Challenge of bridging the belief gap * Sullivan’s personal experience with self-responsibility 12. Determining True Wants and Principles * Majority of people’s uncertainty about what they truly want, how to determine true
wants, and evolve past them. * Clearly state your desires.

Get Your FREE digital and/or audio version of my bestselling book, “Your Next Act!”

8 Essential Quotes“For the happy person. You set a goal, you achieve the goal, and then you measure backwards to where you started and you notice you've made a great deal of progress, and that makes you feel good. Whereas if you do it the other way, you set a goal, you achieve the goal, but then you measure against the ideal that you're supposed to live up to, and it seems to you that you've achieved nothing. And you get depressed and you get disappointed, and in some cases, you can get suicidal over it.”
— Dan Sullivan 00:03

“It's almost like the parent that the children are leading the parents life, almost like they're being required to shine where their parents didn't shine and everything else. And that's a terrible pressure to have.”
— Dan Sullivan 00:06

“I realized that the reason I had two setbacks, one in my personal life and one in my financial life, was I wasn't telling myself what I really wanted.”
— Dan Sullivan 00:17

“So one thing I did, Mike, was that I said, my former wife, I'm relieving her of all responsibility for what happened to me.”
— Dan Sullivan 00:18

“Just because someone's a successful entrepreneur doesn't mean that they have any ambition.”
— Dan Sullivan 00:26

“It always requires you stating a vision in the future of something that's bigger and better than what you're doing now.”
— Dan Sullivan 00:41

“Education is the key to the future, and that's the revolution that's going on.”
— Dan Sullivan 00:59

Get Your FREE digital and/or audio version of my bestselling book, “Your Next Act!”

Time StampsHere are detailed timestamps for key points in the conversation:

[00:00:00] Dan Sullivan discusses how measuring progress affects happiness.
[00:00:26] Mike Koenigs mentions fear for those stuck in old ways of thinking.
[00:00:37] Dan talks about taking responsibility for one's own confidence.
[00:01:07] Mike brings up high performers and suicide rates, discussing Ai's impact on smart kids.
[00:02:10] Dan introduces the concept of “Gap and Gain” from Strategic Coach.
[00:03:07] Dan explains the difference between measuring progress backward vs against an ideal.
[00:04:05] Discussion on smart kids and high achievers checking out when they feel they can't win.
[00:05:41] Mike asks Dan what message he'd give to struggling young people.
[00:07:10] Dan shares a story about a Stanford athlete's suicide.
[00:10:00] Dan emphasizes the importance of positive environments like Strategic Coach.
[00:11:41] Mike discusses the power of positive focus and belief.
[00:14:29] Dan talks about his experience with divorce and bankruptcy in 1978.
[00:15:34] Dan explains his decision to take full responsibility for his confidence.
[00:22:11] Dan shares his 25-year journaling practice for wanting.
[00:25:27] Dan tells the story of meeting his second wife Babs.
[00:28:16] Discussion on entrepreneurs who continually seek growth.
[00:30:07] Dan mentions a flood that destroyed his old journals.
[00:31:12] Mike shares his experience of letting go of possessions.
[00:37:49] Mike asks Dan about the structure of his wanting journal.
[00:39:41] Dan explains how his wanting evolved into thinking tools for Strategic Coach.
[00:47:00] Mike shares his experience presenting to young people about Ai.
[00:53:13] Dan discusses the importance of negotiating value with the world.
[00:55:49] Mike mentions follow-up opportunities for the 7,000 students he presented to.
[00:58:07] Dan compares the financial outcomes of different educational paths.
[01:00:15] Discussion on various ways people “check out” of life.
[01:01:36] Dan reflects on internal chemistry and luck affecting life outcomes.
[01:03:27] Mike decides to start keeping a want journal – without justification.
[01:06:13] Dan shares his final reflections on decision-making and moving forward.

Additional Resources Download your FREE digital and/or audio version of my bestselling book, “Your Next Act!” * SUBSCRIBE FOR MORE VIDEOS*

The post Why High Achievers Check Out Early first appeared on Capability Amplifier.

View Details

Today’s podcast is going to completely shift how you think about hiring and building teams.

Dan dropped a major revelation during the conversation – instead of “hiring” people, we should be CASTING them like a theater director casts actors for roles.

Dan and Jeff Madoff are working on a new book called “Casting, Not Hiring” and the core concept is brilliant: Don't just evaluate skills and experience. AUDITION people to find the perfect ensemble with the right chemistry, charisma and compatibility to create MAGIC together.

Imagine judging potential hires not just on their resume, but on how well they perform and gel with your existing cast. No more ill-fitting “employees” – just an energetic group unified to co-create an incredible performance.

Dan and Mike talked about how this casting mindset can infuse work with meaning, excitement and a sense of being part of something bigger than just a job. They explored:

Using “box office,” critics, fans and peers to evaluate talent
Bringing “backstage” and “onstage” metaphors to your team
Creating an environment of collaboration vs. cut-throat competition
Making work feel like being part of a theatrical story instead of a corporate grind

There is so much insight in this vision, Mike can't wait for you to experience the “aha!” moments Dan sparked in him.

Give the episode a listen and you'll be dreaming of playwright bios and marquee lights for your company in no time.

Key Takeaways* (05:40) Refusal to hire smokers and strong scents. * (06:34) People's responses to service varied greatly. * (12:43) Personalized casting descriptions, impactful in theater world. * (16:12) HR process dehumanizes human beings, stifles creativity. * (25:32) Box office critics, fans, peers, cast. * (29:27) Casablanca film magic in quick production. * (32:16) Changing business conversation with metaphors and teamwork. * (34:56) Desire to expand stage play's potential. * (38:30) Positive mindset, mental tools, theater, films, conversations. * (41:19) Ai tools will transcribe and summarize content.

Additional Resources Try out Mike's new Ai tool www.DigitalCafe.Ai*

PS – If you’re ready to grow your business in just 90 days, book a Discovery Session with Mike's Team: https://www.MikeKoenigs.com/Talk

The post The Secret To Auditioning Your Dream Team and Why You Need to Start “Casting, Not Hiring” first appeared on Capability Amplifier.

View Details

Are you ready for Part Two of “Dogs, Sex and Ai… OH MY!?”

There was such an incredible response to last week's Part One episode… you’re going to LOVE the conclusion.

As you know, Dan is the founder of Strategic Coach and has coached over 100,000 entrepreneurs. He's one of the wisest, most forward-thinking people Mike knows.

In today’s episode, Dan and Mike go deep on whether businesses need a "Chief Ai Officer" and how entrepreneurs can harness Ai as their ultimate Capability Amplifier.

Dan completely flipped Mike's thinking and showed him how he was stuck in corporate group thinking. His perspective is SO refreshing and empowering!

He explained why every individual in a company needs Ai superpowers, not just some new C-suite exec. Ai can free us to operate in our unique abilities and 10X our revenue without more work.

It's some of Dan's most provocative thinking yet. It blew Mike's mind.

Dan even riffed an awesome pitch for Mike's new Ai training program at the end. The man's a natural marketer!

This episode will open your mind and get you FIRED UP to amplify your capabilities with Ai. We're not giving it all away — just listen for yourself.

Key Takeaways

(01:06) According to Peter Diamandis “every business in the world needs a chief Ai officer…” but do they? Dan disagrees
(15:24) Ai is a huge multiplier but just a tool. It doesn’t deserve sainthood
(22:31) Who attracts the best talent in the world?
(28:57) Corporations are where big ideas go when they’ve run out of energy
(38:50) Dan gives me a killer pitch

Additional Resources

Download Mike's free Ai Superpower Accelerator Toolkit to Multiply Your Productivity 10x or More! Ai Superpower Accelerator Directory by Mike Koenigs
Get a copy of Mike's new book, “Punch The Elephant”

View Details

Today, Mike has a special treat for you! It’s one of the most riveting, soul-searching, and transformative episodes of Capability Amplifier yet.

Why should you listen… NOW? Because today Mike is talking to the entire founding group of Wealth Longevity International.

As founders and entrepreneurs, we sometimes hit that point where we look ahead and think, "Do I have fewer days ahead than I've had behind?" And as we push on, the isolation of success, outgrowing certain relationships, the hunt for deeper connections... These all become part of our reality.

We dove headfirst into this topic with the incredible minds behind Wealth Longevity International. Together, we peeled back the layers of the health and financial stresses that all entrepreneurs face.

🔥 Regan Archibald, shares his encounters with entrepreneurs who've scaled mountains but at the cost of their health. How do we pivot from primarily business metrics to also tracking our health metrics? He also has insights on a life-changing tool he created alongside Dan Sullivan called "Fitness 50 at Age 100". Regan’s story about a client transformation will blow you away!

🔥 Steve Marler shows us a peek into the future with the incredible world of full-body scans and the powerful tech that can literally save lives. With cutting-edge technology and a decade's experience, Steve’s team is on the frontline detecting health threats. The stories he shares (especially Mike's!) show why early detection is key.

🔥 And then, the power duo of wealth management, Brittany Anderson and Bryan Sweet, reminded us of the biggest regrets and blind spots many founders face in their financial journey, the pitfalls founders often fall into, and how to make sure your wealth is as safeguarded as your health. Who doesn't want to prevent their hard-earned money from slipping away due to unforeseen threats?

So, if you want to:

Learn about longevity, both in health and wealth.
Discover strategies to monitor your fitness the way you monitor your business.
Hear about state-of-the-art health scanning technology.
And, understand the pitfalls founders face in protecting their wealth...

... then this podcast episode is a must-listen!

Tap the link below to jump right in. And hey, if you find yourself inspired), hit reply and let me know!

CLICK HERE TO LISTEN TO THE PODCAST

Key Takeaways:

(04:43) What is threat detection and how it works
(16:58) What is Wealth Longevity International?
(19:26) The Free Zone concept and how it changed our lives
(26:22) What happens when people open up their hearts?
(36:18) Why having the best technology and team are super important
(46:18) The importance of being solution-focused
(51:40) The Peptide Blueprint

Additional Resources:

To Learn More about Wealth Longevity International and to Apply For Our Next Event Visit: www.WLI.Live
Download my free Ai Superpower Accelerator Toolkit to Multiply Your Productivity 10x or More! Ai Superpower Accelerator Directory by Mike Koenigs

View Details

Has Mike got an insider scoop for you today!

He recently got back from a great adventure in Chicago. On top of a couple of days of Strategic Coach with Dan, they went to see the new Lloyd Price musical, “Personality”.

Their good friend, Jeffrey Madoff, has been working on it for the last 6 years and they've been able to be privy to the entire creative process, so it was pretty cool for them to finally see it live on stage.

In case you didn’t know, “Personality” is a musical about the life of pioneering 1950's rock n’ roll star Lloyd Price, written by documentary filmmaker, Jeff Madoff. Lloyd Price was one of the very first rock stars, with huge hits like “Personality” and “Lawdy Miss Clawdy” – you’ll definitely recognize his music when you hear it.

Dan tells the story of having lunch with Jeffrey in New York 6 years ago. After hearing all about the musical, he and his wife, Babs, knew right then and there they wanted to be a part of it and invested immediately.

He’s been watching the musical progress from an early reading of the script to secret backers’ workshops in NYC. He said from the very first workshop it was clear this was going to be an iconic, timeless musical that would run for decades.

Now that Mike has seen the Chicago production himself, he couldn’t agree more — the music, the costumes, the set design, the performers...everything is absolute perfection. It’s one of the tightest, most spectacular live performances Mike has ever seen.

Beyond the incredible production, Dan and Mike also geek out about the fascinating history of the evolution of the entertainment industry. Like how classic Hollywood studios tightly controlled their stars’ images, compared to today’s overexposure on social media. Today’s entertainers have way more independence, but also greater pressure to cultivate their personal brand 24/7.

They also touch on how everyone in Hollywood is fearful about what's going to happen with Ai. It's Mike's opinion that in the entertainment industry, having strikes and expecting the world to stay the same, is putting a nail in the coffin of a lot of Hollywood.

Don’t misunderstand, Mike has a tremendous amount of respect for entertainers and the creative process. It is a hard business, but the world is changing.

All this to say - if you’re anywhere near Chicago, you absolutely MUST get tickets to “Personality” immediately! The cast, crew, and creative team have poured their souls into this musical for 6 long years, and the love shows in every song, every dance number, every scene.

Dan and Mike truly believe this will be a Broadway smash for decades to come.

Key Takeaways

(00:09) We are in a Golden Era of what’s possible in the world of entertainment
(04:13) Funding the musical
(08:05) The tightness of the production
(18:52) The shifting entertainment landscape
(22:26) The golden age of movie stars
(32:11) Mike’s predictions for the future of Hollywood

Additional Resources

Check out the Musical, “Personality” - https://www.personalitymusical.com/
Download Mike's free Ai Superpower Accelerator Toolkit to Multiply Your Productivity 10x or More! Ai Superpower Accelerator Directory by Mike Koenigs
Get a copy of Mike's new book, “Punch The Elephant” - https://sales.mikekoenigs.com/

View Details

We've got an absolutely INCREDIBLE rags to riches story to share with you today.

Mike's friend of 15 years, Krisstina Wise grew up poor in a trailer park with "poor minded, poor thinking" parents. Yet despite her humble beginnings, Krisstina amassed an 8-figure net worth!

But it wasn't easy…

She earned big then lost it ALL not just once, but TWICE. Along the way she had relationships with some "wrong guys" (her words not Mike's!) and battled health crises that nearly killed her.

Yet like a phoenix rising from the ashes, Krisstina bounced back again and again.

So what's her secret?

Resilience...and an obsession with understanding money. See, most entrepreneurs are great at making money but TERRIBLE at growing and keeping wealth.

We get caught in the "entrepreneurial trap" of just making more to spend more on our lifestyles. Meanwhile, we show shockingly little on the net worth statement for all our hard work.

In this raw and vulnerable interview, Krisstina pulls back the curtain on her wild rags-to-riches rollercoaster journey. She also reveals the money mindsets and wealth-building strategies she's developed after losing it all twice.

If you want to go from high income but low net worth to building REAL sustainable wealth, you need to listen to this episode now.

Krisstina is full of golden nuggets that could change your money situation forever.

Her advice completely shifted my own thinking about money, wealth, and what's REALLY important.

Tune in NOW to hear Krisstina’s wealth-building secrets including:

Her "wealth building recipe" and how she creates passive income
Why most entrepreneurs fall into the trap of "more is better" (and how to avoid it)
The key to creating a surplus between what you earn and what you spend
How to calculate exactly how much money is "enough" for the lifestyle you want
The "secret sauce" of consistency that builds true wealth

Krisstina is an open book about her wild entrepreneurial journey and her wisdom could be the game-changer your business needs.

Key Takeaways:

(02:59) Krisstina’s rags to riches and back again story
(07:21) The entrepreneurial trap
(17:49) How much money is enough and how much is not enough?
(22:50) The process of building wealth
(39:23) Money is the best employee
(50:24) The personal side of money in business

Additional Resources:

Take the free quiz and get your worksheet/pie chart: www.WiseMoneyMethod.com/FREE
Get Krisstina’s systems here: www.WiseMoneyMethod.com/SHOP
Don’t know where to start? Go here: www.WiseMoneyMethod.com/START
Ready to work with Krisstina? Go here: www.WiseMoneyMethod.com

View Details

Mike is ALWAYS on the lookout for innovative strategies that will supercharge his business. He's found such a strategy and today he's going to share it with you. (Get ready to take notes… you’ll thank him later.)

In this episode, Mike sat down with his friend, Chuck Boyce—a super great guy he's had the pleasure of knowing for over 15 years and a true digital marketing Jedi.

They dove deep into a game-changing question: What if you could snag an accurately qualified prospect who wants to buy what you have and capture their intent and attention before they even click?

Now imagine decreasing your online ad spend by 60% to 80% (or more) and hijacking your competitor's searches. That's not fantasy. That's the power of intent-based searches.

Chuck, the founder of AccuClients (https://accuclients.com/), shared how to lower your cost per lead, connect with only qualified prospects, and beat your competitors at their own game. And they're not talking about smoke and mirrors here. This strategy is about leveraging data outside of Google, Facebook, and Apple—you know, the big three who just love to dip into your pockets.

Get ready to target and build your audience in ways you've never imagined before. Find out who is looking for the answer to the problem you solve, track them, and retarget them on their devices or on any media—including TV or streaming. All at a cost that's a mere fraction of what you pay for social media advertising.

Chuck also shares his professional journey. From his early days tackling systems development and huge amounts of data, to the sale of his previous company to LegalZoom, and how he is now helping companies escape the "Facebook, Apple, Google trap."

One of the biggest takeaways from their conversation is how businesses, especially those with high-ticket offers, can revolutionize their marketing. Move beyond just clicks and conversions and find out how to make your prospects choose YOU over your competitors... legally, ethically, and morally!

This episode is packed full of marketing nuggets you’re not going to want to miss. So, tune in, and get a glimpse into the future of digital marketing.

Key Takeaways

(02:37) Using intent-based data to target and build an audience
(05:08) How Chuck is able to monetize the massive amount of data that’s being collected on-line without using Google or Facebook
(09:34) What does this mean for marketing and targeting in the future?
(12:24) Whis is this for and who is this NOT for?
(14:39) How to improve your marketing and follow up
(27:42) How do you filter out fake content?

Additional Resources

Get started with Chuck now and Download Your ToolKit here: www.AccuClients.com
Get a copy of Mike's new book, “Punch The Elephant” - https://sales.mikekoenigs.com/

View Details

It feels like the whole world has been on a rollercoaster ride lately, doesn’t it? It’s about to get even more exciting in Mike's opinion…

We're entering a new realm of this Ai world that's changing the game for innovative, ambitious individuals and businesses across the globe.

If you’ve been with Mike for a long time, you’ll remember the early days of the internet when he launched Traffic Geyser. Well, it's like that… but on a whole OTHER level.

And because of this whole new world, he has been on a serious hot streak with a BIG ONE on the line!

So big, the fish are practically jumping into the boat on their own. We're talking on the scale of the invention of electricity BIG. Mike is as giddy as his 14-year-old self who just learned how to code!

Since Dan and Mike recorded last, Mike has spoken and taught, Generative Ai For Executives and Entrepreneurs at Peter Diamandis’ Abundance 360, trained Norman Lear at his home, (you wouldn’t believe how a 101-year-old man wanted to know how Ai will affect humanity), and presented to Tony Robbins’ private patrons.

The billionaires are coming out of the woodwork, and they all want to know the same thing: “how to integrate this life-changing technology into their businesses.”

Mike's not talking about just using Ai, but about learning how to communicate with it, and how to create the prompts that deliver exceptional results, FAST. They're building businesses, writing code, constructing websites, and generating content in record time.

Imagine being able to type in a prompt and have a movie made — the script, the music, the dialogue, the actors, even special effects, all designed and executed by an Ai. Mike's 20-year-old son, Zak, and his friend, Elijah, have been experimenting with this at school and the results are extraordinary.

There's much more to it than future filmmaking; it's about democratizing art and storytelling. It's an expansion of humor, a creative revolution. We’re standing on the brink of something unimaginably massive.

Mike can't wait for you to join them on this episode. Buckle up and get out your notepad because you’re in for one hell of a ride.

Key Takeaways

(04:35) Mike’s on a hot streak and fish are jumpin’ in the boat
(08:12) How Ai is reshaping film making
(19:24) Living in a world of Deep Fakes
(34:33) The world has changed, no one is in charge and the old systems are irrelevant
(44:54) The problem with China and the dollar

Additional Resources

Do NOT miss this opportunity to download Mike's free Ai Superpower Accelerator Toolkit to Multiply Your Productivity 10x or More! Ai Superpower Accelerator Directory by Mike Koenigs
Get a copy of Mike's new book, “Punch The Elephant” - https://sales.mikekoenigs.com/

View Details

Are you ready for an episode that's going to completely flip your financial world on its head? We're about to shake up your wealth game in a MASSIVE way!

In this week's episode of Capability Amplifier, Mike interviews a master of money management, Michael Enyart from WD Wealth Strategies.

Today they're sharing some of their secrets. One of them is called the 'Tax Avoidance Stacks' - a powerful suite of strategies to help different types of individuals and businesses retain more of their hard-earned money.

You might be wondering, who are these "types of individuals and businesses"?

Whether you're a solopreneur, a million-dollar income earner, managing a 5-million dollar portfolio, facing a large capital gains challenge, or dealing with a life-altering event such as divorce, this episode is for you.

And WD Wealth Strategies is not just about keeping your money… they're also about helping you reclaim your time. Imagine getting an extra free day every week. What could you do with that extra time? The possibilities are endless.

Mike has spent a good chunk of time with the WD Wealth Strategies team, and he can tell you, they are the REAL deal. They have over 350 strategy stacks to their name, and the creator of this system, Will Duffy, achieved his own financial independence at the age of 40!

Listen now and get ready to make your money work harder so you don't have to.

Happy listening and here's to achieving incredible financial freedom!

Key Takeaways

(01:34) Who are WD Wealth Strategies and how they make taxes disappear
(04:20) The importance of having a freedom mindset
(13:28) The tax benefits of investing capital
(18:06) How to reduce taxes and save money
(27:14) How to take advantage of a windfall
(30:44) How to create more wealth through tax savings

Additional Resources

Schedule a conversation with the WD Wealth Strategies team here: www.WDWealth.com/Meet
Download Your FREE Financial Freedom Toolkit www.WDWealth.com/Free
Get a copy of Mike's new book, “Punch The Elephant” - https://sales.mikekoenigs.com/

View Details

Today's episode might be a little controversial, but Mike really believes it’s a necessary conversation.

They're diving into the mind of the inimitable Dan Sullivan, and his new book, "Geometry for Staying Cool and Calm."

It’s not just a book about remaining unruffled when the going gets tough; it's a powerful exploration of the fragile society we find ourselves in, the victim mentality sweeping the world and the ways we can rise above it all.

Think of this episode as the ultimate guide to being a great parent and raising successful kids.

Today Dan breaks down his biggest, best nuggets of wisdom, like a compelling story about drinking and cowardice that might just rearrange your entire mindset.

It all started when Dan decided to turn off the TV for good five years ago. As the world raged on in division and chaos, Dan’s world started looking a whole lot better.

He decided to delve into the current state of the world — the angst, the addictions, the rage, and the digital warfare. He makes some intriguing comparisons to previous eras and the physical threats they posed, while today, we face primarily psychological threats.

His observations led him to pen "Geometry for Staying Cool and Calm." Inspired by Euclid's math book and its beautiful structure, Dan lays out three key principles for maintaining your cool in a world gone mad.

If you want to inoculate yourself and your loved ones from this 'Age of Rage,' this is the episode for you.

Key Takeaways

(01:49) Why Dan decided to ditch TV
(04:57) Physical threats VS psychological threats
(11:07) Mike’s most painful experiences as a child
(17:02) How do you know what to do in a world like this?
(27:22) Winning strategies for parents and kids
(40:15) The importance of having a good relationship with parents

Additional Resources

Get a copy of Mike's new book, “Punch The Elephant” - https://sales.mikekoenigs.com/
Watch the REPLAY of Mike's 2023 Predictions Webcast NOW! - http://www.MrBz.com/ReplayCAemail

View Details

Are you tired of feeling like your money just disappears into the black hole of taxes, creditors, banks and the stock market? Do you want to take control of your finances and say goodbye to sneaky hidden fees?

Then you can’t miss Mike's guest today, Jayson Lowe, the creator of “The Jayson Lowe Method.'' This guy is a financial wizard and he’s going to share some profound wealth generation secrets that will not only enlighten you, but will completely blow your mind.

Imagine living off passive income, teaching your kids the ins and outs of becoming your own banker and creating financial certainty for your family. Wouldn’t that be a dream come true?

This episode is for anyone who wants to make their money work for them stress free. It's time to stop being controlled by the debt, the banks, outside systems and start calling the shots.

They'll unpack the truth about your hard-earned money and its common tendency to disappear into the abyss of taxes, creditors, banks, and the stock market. (The revelation will be visceral — brace yourself!)

The good news is that Jayson shows you how to step away from the control of banks, debt, and external systems and finally take charge of your own financial destiny.

Ready to delve into the financial matrix with them? Get ready to change your money mindset and embrace the true power of financial freedom! It's a simple click away:

Key Takeaways

(02:48) Jayson Lowe’s inspiring manifest
(10:27) The domino that tipped over the financial industry
(16:12) The difference between the chaos method and the Jayson Lowe Method
(20:34) There is no such thing as too many deposits in the bank
(38:54) How to use this model for your business
(53:09) What happens when you implement the method?

Additional Resources

Get Jayson’s FREE GOODIES (including 3 books, a video and case studies) and learn how to work with him and his team.
Watch the REPLAY of my 2023 Predictions Webcast NOW!

View Details

Mike is super excited to share their latest podcast episode, featuring an extraordinary individual whose ground-breaking work is reshaping the understanding of disasters prevention.

Meet Kayhan Zirhlioglu, the trailblazing owner of Geoform Systems. His knowledge and experience in this complex and vital field are staggering, and the insights he shares in this episode shouldn’t be missed.

Today, Mike and Kayhan dive into the details of past calamities like the Miami condo collapse in 2021, the devastating earthquake in Turkey in 2023, and the tunnel collapse in Japan in 2012.

What binds these seemingly disparate events together? Water. The ultimate solvent. It's a relentless foe that infiltrates structures, weakens them, and leads to their collapse.

But imagine a world where we could predict and prevent geological disasters, save lives, and protect economies. This isn’t merely a fantasy, but the real-life work of Geoform, the world-leading company in stabilizing soil and preventing water disasters before, during, and after construction.

They also explore the cutting-edge, environmentally friendly tools and materials used to mitigate potential hazards. Imagine Hoover Dam springing a leak, or a critical highway disintegrating. These are the types of disasters Geoform helps prevent.

This episode isn't just about Geoforming, though. It's about the far-reaching effects this field has on every aspect of our civilized society. From the safety of our structures to the health of our economies, geoforming plays a vital role. And if anyone can make a topic like dirt enthralling, it's Kayhan!

So, if you are ready for a thought-provoking journey that redefines the way you perceive the ground beneath your feet, tune in now and discover how Geoform is shaping the future of our world, one handful of soil at a time.

Key Takeaways

(04:09) What is Geoforming and what’s the vision for the future?
(09:28) The biggest disasters that Kayhan has had to fix
(12:10) Is Kayhan able to predict the future?!
(29:10) Preventing disasters from happening in the first place
(41:25) Is Kayhan’s method hazardous or safe for the environment?

Additional Resources

Learn more about Kayhan and his company, Geoform HERE.
Watch the REPLAY of Mike's 2023 Predictions Webcast NOW!

View Details

How Teams Can Leverage Systems + Tools to Stop Drowning in WorkDo you ever feel like you’re DROWNING in work with no light at the end of the tunnel?

Like there just aren’t enough hours in the day to get it all done without losing your mind?

Then you’re going to love Mike's guest today. His name is Nick Sonnenberg, and he’s the author of the brand new, #1 selling book, “Come Up for Air.”

Nick is an operational efficiency expert who's worked with some of the biggest companies out there, including Asana and Facebook, and today, he’s going to share some of his best strategies and tools for optimizing and automating your work processes.

Forget the old concepts of time management and the “hustle culture” of working until you burn out. You and your entire team can get more done, in far fewer hours, with the right blueprint. “Come Up for Air” is that blueprint.

They'll also cover email management and how you can get back three to five hours a week by using the Inbox Zero method.

Mike has known Nick for over 10 years, and he's one of the smartest people Mike knows. He has a heart that matches the size of his IQ, and his book has been praised by Tony Robbins for cracking the code on operational efficiency.

So, if you're ready to optimize your work processes, don’t miss this podcast.

Key Takeaways* (02:46) Nick’s journey and WHY he wrote the book * (10:17) What are the best collaboration tools to use? * (13:22) Why you shouldn’t delete emails * (18:57) What is the biggest perceived that the C suite has * (33:00) Free resources and bundles for teams * (41:14) How do you prevent losing knowledge when someone loves on

Additional Resources Get Nick’s Book and all of his resources at www.ComeUpForAir.com * Get a copy of Mike's Referral Party HERE!*

View Details

Dan Sullivan is not only a mentor and good friend but he’s also the wisest man Mike knows. If you’re an entrepreneur, you’d be wise to soak up as much of his knowledge as you possibly can.

Today we’re talking about a new thinking tool that Dan has come up with called “10 Unique Differentiators.”

Mike and Dan will walk you through the tool and show you how to apply it to your business. By the end, you'll have a greater understanding of your unique abilities and how to differentiate yourself in the marketplace.

They'll also experimented with Chat GPT, LIVE. You’ll get to see it come up with some top-notch sales copy as they’re having a conversation. The results are pretty impressive.

The episode is full of such great insights and is a must-listen for anyone looking to take their business and life to the next level.

Dan says; “For entrepreneurs, their business is just an outward expression of a unique ability they had when they were six years old and 30 years down the road they've turned it into a business model.”

So what are you waiting for? Listen to discover the power of your “10 Unique Differentiators.”

Key Takeaways:

(02:52) What are the 10n Unique Differentiators?
(10:34) Dan reveals Mike’s uniqueness
(16:05) Using Chat GPT to write a sales message LIVE!
(23:30) The Importance of being willing to experiment + test to find breakthroughs
(38:41) One of the wisest things Mike has ever heard Dan say

Additional Resources:

Watch the REPLAY of Mike's 2023 Predictions Webcast NOW!
Get a copy of Mike's NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT!

View Details

Get On Board Now or Be Left in The Dust…You’re in for a HUGE treat today as we dive into the world of AI and BIG predictions for the upcoming year.

In today’s episode, Dan and Mike are talking about their own personal experience using various AI tools, as well as the five P's of capitalism (pricing, intellectual property, productivity, profitability, and prosperity) and how AI technology can help increase all five.

They'll get into some real-life case studies of how AI is being used to enhance teamwork, create brand new businesses in just days (rather than months) and the 3 -10X productivity increase Mike has seen in his own business. Plus, the latest developments in AI technology, including Microsoft's integration of OpenAI's ChatGPT into their Bing search engine.

Listen… NOW is the time to get on board with AI because it's about to revolutionize our lives and make us WAY more productive. All we have to do is learn how to use it correctly, so don't miss out on this opportunity. Otherwise you’ll be left in the dust playing catch up.

Mike and Dan can’t wait for you to join them in this mind-blowing episode, and hey…. if you still want more, Mike is conducting his annual 2023 Predictions Webcast TOMORROW morning at 11am PT. There are only a few seats left, so make sure to REGISTER NOW.

Key Takeaways* (04:01) The days of throwing bodies at a problem to solve it are over * (07:18) Adding an AI component to human skills to create magic * (12:36) Could AI help doctors cure diseases and chronic health conditions? * (24:03) Can AI really impact our quality of life? * (35:55) Do you know the fastest way to make a billion dollars?

Additional Resources Register for Mike's 2023 Predictions Webcast NOW! * Get a copy of Mike's NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT!*

View Details

Today's episode features Tom Lambotte, who created The One-Day Workweek.

Yup, you heard correctly… Tom spends only one day a week managing each of his two companies!

You might be thinking, how is this even possible? But Tom has figured out the secret to creating a self-managing, self-running business that allowed him to take 150 days off last year to spend time with his family and pets.

Today you'll learn about Tom's framework for creating The One-Day Workweek, his top technology maximizer tools, and the resources he uses to make it all possible.

So if you're a business owner or founder looking for a way to create more value in your business, don’t miss this one!

The freedom that comes with being able to spend the majority of your time working in your zone of genius is priceless.

Don't miss out on this chance to learn about the One-Day Workweek and join the movement towards more freedom, time, money, relationship, and purpose.

Key Takeaways* (04:17) Tom’s “WHY” story * (07:47) WHO is The One-Day Workweek for? * (13:38) The Backstory; How The One-Day Workweek came about * (17:34) The problem with EOS * (22:40) How Tom’s system works

Additional Resources Visit Tom’s website www.MyOneDayWorkweek.com, take the quiz and download your free goodies! * Get a copy of Mike's NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT!*

View Details

Creator of The Miracle MorningAre you ready to learn the secrets behind creating a mainstream miracle movement?

Mike's good friend, Hal Elrod, is sharing his journey with you on this week’s episode of the podcast.

Hal has sold nearly 4 million copies of his book, “The Miracle Morning,” and his coursework is being used in over 200 schools to change the way kids think, learn, and behave.

Today, they dive into how Hal created this movement, what motivated him, and the steps he took to launch and sustain it for over 10 years.

Hal also shares his own personal hero's journey and how a mentor helped him overcome his own limitations and believe in himself. He'll also give you a sneak peek into his recent move to Austin, Texas and his plans for the future, and the NEW BOOK he’s working on.

So, if you've ever wanted to create a movement of your own or just understand the process, this episode is a must-listen!

Key Takeaways* (01:55) Hal’s Hero’s Journey * (05:03) Why Hal moved to 32 acres in Austin, TX * (12:17) Hal’s current business and his 10-year visions * (15:45) The Miracle Morning helping ADHD and kid’s mental health * (22:24) Hal's new book, “The Miracle Life”

Additional Resources Check www.HalElrod.com for more info on “The Miracle Morning” and Hal’s other products. * Get a copy of Mike's NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT!*

View Details

You've heard of the “Blue Ocean Strategy,” right?

Well, in today’s episode, they're talking about the Dan Sullivan / Mike Koenigs Blue Ocean Strategy.

In a nutshell, it’s the thinking that's preventing you from seeing massive entrepreneurial opportunities.

Mike interviewed Dan and came up with 14 key ideas and concepts to create a Blue Ocean for your life or your business, and create massive value including participating in the Free Zone, $15 Trillion Dollar Economy.

Mike and Dan haven't revisited this concept in quite a while, but during the conversation, they realized that it has 10 more dimensions to it because of the current digital age.

If you're thinking too small, this is the answer you're looking for. In fact, this episode is going to change the way you think about your future and what you do going forward.

Don't miss out on this opportunity to expand your thinking and see the infinite possibilities in your business and life. Give it a listen and let Mike know what you think!

Key Takeaways* (03:45) What is a Blue Ocean? * (12:02) How Dan helps founders step out of small thinking * (15:56) How do you create your Next Act once you’ve made all the money you want to make? * (21:28) More creative after 70 years old than in the 70 years before * (24:40) Creativity loves Compression

Additional Resources Get a copy of Mike's NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT! * If you’re an action taker interested in creating “Your Next Act” and a business you’ll love for the rest of your life, book a call with Mike's team TODAY*.

View Details

Are you tired of feeling like a fish out of water when it comes to understanding the latest technology in marketing?

Don't worry, Dan and Mike are here for you.

In today’s episode, they're diving into the world of intentionality and exploring how it can be used to make your marketing efforts more targeted and effective.

They'll take a look at the tools and strategies that can help you find your perfect-fit market, and they'll even reveal what drives Dan Sullivan nuts. (Hint: It's not just technology.)

This episode is going to be a wild ride, full of unexpected twists and turns. But Mike guarantees that you’ll end up in a better place than when you started.

So, put on your seatbelt and join Dan and Mike as they explore the world of intent and predictive desire.

You'll come away with a whole new understanding of how to 10x your marketing efforts. Plus, you just might learn something new about yourself in the process.

Key Takeaways* (01:32) Taking Intent and Creating Predictive Desire * (05:31) The Most Intentional Person Always Wins * (12:30) Building Lifetime Relationships * (22:08) What Is A 4×4? * (24:04) The Mind of a “High Quick Start”

Additional Resources To learn more about the Technology discussed today, visit: www.CapabilityAmlifier.com/Data * Get a copy of Mike's NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT!*

View Details

From CD Baby to TED TalksYou’re in for a real treat today… Mike sat down with the one and only, Derek Sivers, and it was SO good!

Not only has Derek been a musician, producer, circus performer, entrepreneur, TED speaker and book publisher, but he's also a self-described “slow thinker” which is one of the things Mike loves about him.

He believes that the first thing that comes to mind isn't always the best answer, and Mike completely agrees. We often fall into the trap of just repeating what we've said in the past, without really thinking about whether or not it still applies to our lives.

He’ll share his insights on everything from trust to minimalism, plus they'll talk about the importance of rethinking your identity and letting go of things that no longer serve you.

This isn't your typical podcast episode. Derek will have you thinking about things in a whole new way, and you'll walk away with some major “nuggets” of wisdom.

So grab your favorite beverage, kick back, and get ready to have your mind blown. You won't be disappointed!

Key Takeaways* (02:29) What is a “slow thinker?” * (04:04) Rethinking your identity * (06:22) Non-negotiable rules to live by * (13:48) The philosophy of Minimalism * (39:17) Advice for achieving a higher degree of simplicity

Additional Resources Get Derek’s books and drop him a note at: www.Sive.Rs * Get a copy of Mike's NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT!*

View Details

Want To Travel More and Save Money? Listen To The Podcast.What if you could travel more and save TONS OF MONEY? ( We're talking THOUSANDS of dollars…)

Today’s episode starts off with great advice – never pay retail prices! Or at least, Matt Bennett never pays retail. As owner and founder of FirstClassFlyer.com, Matt has spent years perfecting the art of never paying full price for airline travel.

So how do you get this amazing deal? With five simple strategies that Matt has perfected over the years.

Buy Miles: Did you know you could buy miles? Companies like Amex allow customers to buy miles outright without having to buy a product to earn miles. (He also let me know that Amex has sales where miles are discounted!)
Find the Routes with the Best Seats: Do you want your first class experience in an old 1970's-style airplane or a nice new plane? Obviously, you want the newer plane and Matt knows what routes those planes fly.
Accidental Bucket List Experience: Keep your mind open! So what if you have to fly to Melbourne to get to Sydney? You might fly in on the perfect day for an Australian Open in Tennis.
Travel like a King, Queen, or Rockstar: Don’t outright buy a first class upgrade—put yourself on a waitlist. Even if that means picking up the phone sometimes.
Turn your Business Trip into a Vacation: Do those pesky business trips get in the way of having a real vacation? Or is your boring plane going to Puerto Rico without you? Take advantage of your business trips. Add an extra stop to the beach before returning home. Fly to Prague for a Summit and stop in Italy while you’re there. The possibilities are endless—and cheaper.

You’ll have to listen to the whole episode to hear about each strategy in detail and find out how Matt has used his knowledge to help find people millions of deals on flights. That’s a lot of vacation memories. Let's get started!

Key Takeaways* (2:15) Matt Bennett’s money mindset * (9:18) How many upgrades? Upwards of 70 million! * (9:40) Cool Strategy 1: You’re still collecting Delta Sky Miles? * (17:20) Cool Strategy 2: Find the routes with the best seats * (22:23) Cool Strategy 3: Accidental Bucket List Experience * (26:39) Cool Strategy 4: Travel like a King, Queen, or Rockstar * (29:47) Cool Strategy 5: Turn your Business Trip into a Vacation * (32:00) Combine the strategies for the biggest bang for your buck

Additional Resources Get Matt’s Service FREE for 14 days and download his free special reports. * Get a copy of Mike's NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT!*

View Details

10X Your ProductivityHave you heard about the brand new Ai, ChatGPT3? Because Mike is officially OBSESSED!

In today’s episode, Dan and Mike are talking about the new, revolutionary AI tool, ChatGPT3, and its potential impact on content creation and communication.

In fact, Mike created an entire brand and website in one day using ChatGPT3 and doubled the amount of useful information. It literally has the potential to save 75-80% of your time if you create ANY kind of written content in your business.

Dan and Mike also delve into the potential implications of such a powerful tool, including its impact on social media, the importance of considering its limitations, and they offer some best advice for those interested in using it.

Full disclosure… The first draft of this email was written by ChatGPT3. Mike admits, it’s not perfect and it takes a few tries to figure out the right language to use when asking for what you want, but… he'll be damned if it’s not NEAR PERFECT.

This tool has already drastically changed how he runs his business, and has saved Mike and his entire team HOURS of work.

Don't miss out on this exciting episode! Watch or listen to the full podcast to learn more about how ChatGPT3 can help you maximize your potential and streamline your work.

Key Takeaways* (01:40) An entire brand’s copy in half a day's work! * (04:41) ChatGPT gained 1 million users in one week * (06:53) Will this create a new inequality of capability in the world? * (11:49) And it writes emails and Amazon book reviews? * (17:45) Can AI make everyone an artist? * (24:15) ADD x AI is really a multiplier * (30:25) The next big thing is adding AI to our data with cyborg enhancements * (43:00) Mike’s predictions for what ChatGPT can do

Additional Resources Check out ChatGPT3 * Get a copy of Mike's NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT!*

View Details

The Secret to a Legendary Family LifeWhat would you do with more time with your family and more money in your bank account?

Travel More?
Buy a Bigger House?
Send Your Kids to Better Schools?
Give More to Charity?
Start Your Own Foundation?

Today you’re going to meet a man who’s figured out the SECRET to creating passive income and a complete freedom of lifestyle.

His name is Jim Sheils, and in this episode, Mike and Jim talk about his Build-to-Rent model for real estate investing and why it’s the way to go.

Jim’s system allows for top construction standards and high rental prices. He has ten rules for building-to-rent including five success indicators that he’s spent over 20 years perfecting.

In fact, his team takes care of all the work for you, doing all the research and finding the areas that match the five success indicators. They can even manage the property for you to ensure top performance.

Jim’s Build-to-Rent model can afford anyone more time with loved ones and more cash in the bank.

Don't be afraid of real estate investing like Mike was. Jim has unlocked its secrets and brings in over $40k in passive income per month. He can help you do the same.

Key Takeaways* 3:09: I’ve Invested Poorly * 3:30: By 18 you have spent 85% of the time with your family! * 6:30: You think you know real estate? * 12:09: Is this you? Because it should be * 12:50: 10 Build-to-Rent Investment Rules * 25:16: Success Indicators Jim swears by * 34:30: Why new is great! * 37:13: Want to know more? Jim has a webinar * 37:53: Okay but who has this helped? * 41:00: Community and family make business perfect

Additional Resources Get all of Jim’s FREE goodies and downloads or BOOK A CALL TODAY. * Get a copy of my NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT!*

View Details

We Are On The Verge of A Massive BOOM! Being an American has certainly always had its advantages… But at this point in history, you should consider yourself LUCKY to be an American citizen. In today’s episode, Dan and Mike will explain exactly why. Dan is a HUGE History Buff/Expert and he says, “He’s never…

View Details

Is your industry, job, or skill set next? Welcome to Part 2 of “Will Artificial Intelligence Replace Humans?” Today, Dan and Mike will wrap up this 2-part podcast by uncovering a few key principles that all entrepreneurs need to know in order to survive what’s inevitably coming. If there’s one thing they know, it’s that…

View Details

Welcome to Part 2 of “Will Artificial Intelligence Replace Humans?”

Today, Dan and Mike will wrap up this 2-part podcast by uncovering a few key principles that all entrepreneurs need to know in order to survive what’s inevitably coming.

If there’s one thing they know, it’s that AI will continue to advance and become smarter and faster.

For the inexperienced entrepreneur, it’s creating a lot of worry and fear and Mike thinks he knows why…

We’ve already seen robots replace factory workers in assembly-line industries. Phone operators, telemarketers, and even receptionists are a thing of the past for many businesses. Many pharmacies are replacing their technicians with robots capable of separating and handling prescriptions...

The next logical question is… Is your industry or skill set next?

Mike thinks it depends. Luckily, there are a few things that you can do about it. Simple things, that if implemented, won’t just provide “job security” but change the way you do business.

Here's a hint as to what it is that separates you from any robot out there… It’s the “human element.”

Tune into the whole episode and it will explain everything. It just might save you from becoming a thing of the past…

Listen to Part Two of the podcast NOW!

Key Takeaways

(01:35) How to avoid falling into the D.A.M.D.S.?
(06:00) How me and my team are able to outperform major corporations…
(07:42) What movie hero do you want to be like? (How to Reinvent Yourself.)
(28:00) Amplify You… It’s all you can do.
(33:00) What to always say “NO” to!

Additional Resources

Get a copy of my NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT! http://www.MikeKoenigs.com/NextAct
Apply to work with Mike- http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

The Evolution of Human Labor

Fasten your seatbelt because you’re in for a wild ride!

In today’s episode, Dan and Mike started off talking about AI and the evolution of human labor, but that quickly evolved into a conversation about being able to spend all of your time in your own, “Amplified State.”

Or as Dan called it, YOU AMPLIFIED! (Full disclosure… Mike loved the term so much that he actually registered the domain while they were recording.)

Think about the evolution of man… We started out as hunters, and then as communities started growing, we became workers. Farmers initially, but then we started turning towards knowledge, and that meant becoming creators.

The next evolution is NARRATORS.

What's happening today is that there's AI technology that allows you to speak what you want, and the AI writes it for you.

Mike listened to a podcast the other day that was completely created by an AI. It was a conversation between Joe Rogan and Steve Jobs, and for the most part, it sounded fairly believable.

Facebook just came out with an AI system that generates videos from text, and Elon Musk recently talked about a new $20,000 robot that he wants to put in his factories, leveraging all of the data acquired from self-driving cars.

Imagine if you had a $20,000 robot. What would you have it do that would create huge additional capabilities for you?

Then Dan brought up a VERY good point. “There's a big difference between human intelligence and AI intelligence… AI is NOT coming up with the ideas. It doesn't have dreams or meaning. It just takes what already exists and reconfigures it.”

WOW. This was one of the most inspirational episodes that Dan and Mike have done in a long time. It really got Mike's wheels turning, and you'll get a ton out of it too.

And BONUS… this is part one of two, so make sure to watch out for the conclusion next week.

Start by listening to Part One TODAY!

Key Takeaways

(02:07) SO much new technology is happening right now! A quick rundown.
(05:54) It’s hard to establish what intelligence actually means.
(09:48) The fears of a Millennial
(16:36) The Psychology of Digital Marketing - Rory Sutherland, Ogilvy.
(21:07) Humans can always come up with a bypass.

Additional Resources

Watch the Psychology of Digital Marketing with Rory Sutherland, Ogilvy - http://www.MrBz.com/RorySutherland
Get a copy of my NEW, #1 SELLING BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT! - http://www.MikeKoenigs.com/NextAct
Apply to work with Mike - http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

Do you remember where you were on June 29, 2007?

The day that Steve Jobs walked onto a stage, revealed the world’s very first iPhone, and said:

“It’s a phone. It’s a personal communication device and a music player!”

A day that will surely go down in history, but here’s the most extraordinary part… If you google what devices the iPhone replaced, you’ll find a list of 101 items:

Wrist Watch
Pedometer
VCR/ DVD Player
Television
Games of all sorts
Radio

And the list goes on and on…

But if you thought that the iPhone was big… This is infinitely BIGGER!

I’m talking about Artificial Intelligence and it’s happening NOW. Unless you’ve been living under a rock, you’ve heard about it but what you may not know is that every single day it’s getting faster, more accurate, and smarter.

“I am really quite close to the cutting edge in AI, and it scares the hell out of me… It’s capable of vastly more than almost anyone knows, and the rate of improvement is exponential. Unless we learn how to prepare for, and avoid the potential risks, AI could be the worst event in the history of our civilization.” – Elon Musk

In today’s episode, we uncover 5 Scary Ways Ai is Changing Our Reality and what that means for your future.

We’ll also talk about the biggest industries (by revenue) that Ai has already taken over and what those changes mean for you and me.

And in case this all freaks you out a bit… we’ll show you how you can use this unique opportunity in history as a stepping stone, rather than a stumbling block.

The future has arrived, my friend. Stay ahead of the curve by listening to this podcast TODAY!

Key Takeaways

(03:15) Steve Jobs was totally opposed to the iPhone? Here’s why…
(06:10) Winning an art competition with AI?
(31:48) What does AI do for me?
(46:50) The Next Generation: Dumber than computers?
(59:33) Are you watching what’s going on?

Additional Resources

Get a copy of my NEW BOOK, YOUR NEXT ACT!- http://www.MikeKoenigs.com/NextAct
Apply to work with Mike - http://www.MrBz.com/funnel
Learn more about Dan and Strategic Coach - https://www.strategiccoach.com/

View Details

Your health can’t wait until tomorrow… By that time, it may be too late.

As a high achiever, entrepreneur, and overall “Go-getter”, whether in business or life in general, how often have you lied by telling yourself:

“Tomorrow… Tomorrow I will start to eat clean, get more rest, and start my daily exercise routine. Tomorrow I will start focusing on taking care of my health… Tomorrow.”

It’s a tune we hear way too often that usually results in little to no progress from most entrepreneurs. Health, Longevity, and Life Extension don’t become important until the threat of losing it all becomes real.

As obvious as you’d think prioritizing your health should be, we can’t say that we blame most entrepreneurs for having to learn this lesson the hard way… After all, you have way too much on your plate, right?

It’s a slippery slope that you don’t want to find yourself stuck on…

That’s what happened to Mike 10 years ago after finding out he had cancer. Long story short, it almost cost him his life. He got well and became obsessed with making sure that no one he loves ever has to go through what he did, that he will never get cancer again, and that he will have the highest quality of health possible every day that I’m still breathing.

He had been having a pretty good run of health since then… or so he thought until he met Regan Archibald, The Peptide Expert.

He’s a functional medicine practitioner, licensed acupuncturist, and author of eight books on health and healing.

Archibald is a recognized specialist in peptide therapy and through Mike's bloodwork, has been able to identify markers of otherwise undetected, underlying issues. He was then able to suggest certain peptides to optimize Mike's metabolic functions and revolutionized my health.

Mike is 56, but he feels and looks like he did in his 30s! (Ask anyone who knows him)

Listen to this fascinating episode as Regan uncovers the secrets to health, longevity, and life extension by revealing the secrets of Peptide Therapy.

It’s time to put you [Your Health] 1st!

Key Takeaways:

(04:48) “Wipe and Mail…” You can mail your poop?
(13:27) “I’m really healthy, but…” Taking a look under the hood.
(14:27) What is Peptide Therapy?
(30:31) The Negligent Entrepreneur.
(41:52) Your Wakeup Call for Change.

Additional Resources:

Find out how to work with Regan and DOWNLOAD ALL OF HIS FREE GOODIES!
Get Your Copy of Regan’s Book, “Never Stop Healing.”
Text Regan at 801-582-2001 to get more Information.
Apply to work with Mike

View Details

What the Next 30-40 Years Look Like

How old are you? Seriously… If you’ve been around long enough, you can easily recognize that 30-40 years ago was a much different time than it is now, right?

Which usually follows the cliche statement: “Time flies…”

Yeah, no kidding. And with the way the world is evolving and the direction it’s moving in, there’s one thing that we can always count on and that’s CHANGE.

A key difference with today’s change is technological advancements have rapidly sped up how fast our current landscape transforms from one period of time to the next… Literally within just a few short years, people went from listening to tape recorders, to CD players, to MP3 Players… Remember that?

And now, you can fit your entire favorite music collection on the same device that you use to call and text.

Everything is slowly becoming more and more digitized, which brings amazing opportunities for new innovation, solutions, and convenience, like a new version of the iPhone every year, but…

That does NOT exclude the new wave of problems and challenges it brings, too.

The difference is that for those that are aware of these new changes, those that observe and adapt to the new climate will always have the freedom and ability to thrive in an ever-changing world.

Want to know what your future is going to look like and how you can prepare to take advantage of this new and exciting transition? Listen to the podcast now.

Key Takeaways

(01:48) Peter Diamandis’ 6 D’s of the future…
(07:00) Predicting Russia invading Ukraine back in 2014!
(14:46) New problems means new solutions you get to create.
(31:20) Is life better than yesterday?
(40:15) Nothing lasts forever.

Additional Resources

Learn more about Dan and Strategic Coach: https://www.strategiccoach.com/
Apply to work with Mike: http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

Pull Massive Amounts of Value, Wealth, and Longevity Using Your Data

Most entrepreneurs continue to postpone or prevent massive growth in their business and undermine its potential value because they tunnel vision on the wrong things:

MORE Profit
MORE Topline revenue
MORE customers

They’re so fixated on the small metrics and continue to pound them until it’s imprinted on everything they do, NOT realizing that the actual value of their business comes from within…

Did you know that the data you gather from your business is worth (on average) 4X more than the business itself?

4 Times?! That’s like injecting steroids into your current business without having to spend a fortune or waste more energy on generating more money.

This is one of those things that you wish you had known about sooner. It’s okay, because thanks to Mike's good friend, Chuck Boyce (http://www.DataMoo.com), now you can exponentially expand the value of your business.

Want to dramatically boost how your business is valued? You’re gonna want to hear this one.

From getting fired for making the firm he worked for in his 20's too much money, to now, recently selling his company and its data for 40X its original value, Chuck reveals it all.

You’ll never look at the way you build value in your business the same way again.

Watch how this simple, African parable helps you refocus your attention on the “diamonds” you already have… You have to listen to understand. (3:35)

The bottom line is if you’re looking to pull massive amounts of wealth and value from the data you already own and bump your business up to the next level, then this is absolutely for you.

Watch as Chuck takes you through each step on how to level up your business using resources you already own by following these simple steps.

Here’s your blueprint guide to growing your business!

Key Takeaways

(03:35) “Where are the diamonds?”
(06:03) Are you leveling up your business? The 4 levels…
(09:57) The data is 4X more valuable than the business itself?!
(19:45) What “diamonds” are you standing on right now?
(45:39) How the Big Players use their data… (Amazon, Apple, etc…)

Additional Resources

Learn how to work with Chuck and get your free goodies by visiting www.DataMoo.com
Apply to work with Mike: http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

You’ve come this far… Now what?

Success is no longer a stranger to you... In fact, it’s probably a regular part of your life and business by now, right?

If that’s the case, chances are you’ve probably accumulated substantial wealth over the years too…

You’ve turned the odds against you to your favor, creating a life of abundance for yourself and your loved ones.

But what now?

You’ve reached a certain status and level of success, but…

What about your legacy?… What do you wish to leave behind when it’s all said and done?

Either the years of your hard work of building success and wealth created a life of true fulfillment for you.

Or…

You just might still be stuck in the hamster wheel of checking off boxes on a never-ending “to-do” list that aren’t really leading towards a life that you can be proud of.

Look, unless you’ve really sat down and mapped out exactly what it is that you want out of life – and then matching that with what you do every day – then at best, you’re probably making amazing strides in your life and business, but without direction and purpose…

Today, Mike gets to connect you to the perfect “architects” that assist in systematically creating the perfect blueprint for your life…

The one that leads you towards a life of no regrets.

This is the place where dreams really come true for you…

It’s time to get very specific…

To be very decisive about the life you absolutely want.

You get to listen as Mike brings in 2 of the most brilliant minds he has ever worked with…

Both of whom have spent over 50 years (collectively) in the business of wealth management and life fulfillment, earning them over a billion dollars from their coaching and advisement—all while gaining over 11,000 clients!

They developed an extraordinarily effective system…

One that’s been built based on the interactions and work they've done with their highest net worth billionaire clients and connections.

And now you get that same exact formula for success and fulfillment right to you.

After watching their simple 5-step process you’ll be asking, “Why haven’t I seen this sooner?!”

Key Takeaways

(04:57) It takes more than just checking boxes off on your bucket list…
(13:08) The 5 Core Pillars you need now to have a Life of No Regrets
(16:00) What MOST High Net Earners Really Want
(29:39) 1,000 wishes versus just 1…
(42:00) What do you really want to do?

Additional Resources

Learn how to work with Bryan and Brittany: www.DreamArchitect.com
Apply to work with Mike: http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

It’s way easier than you think…

Look, Mike gets it…

You’re busy.

You bust your butt every single day, trying to get everything done…

But when you’re crawling into bed, before your head hits the pillow, and you’re reflecting on your day, do you find yourself asking the same things over and over?

“I’m working hard doing what I’m supposed to be doing… But yet I’m still stuck. Why isn’t this working? I’m doing the work—shouldn’t I be seeing the results by now?”

If this scenario sounds at all familiar, then you know exactly how exhausting situations like this can be… It’s absolutely draining!

Especially when you’ve been going through them for weeks, months, years, or even longer.

There has to be a better way to reach the life you’ve been dreaming of, right?

It shouldn’t have to take slaving away your life until you (maybe/hopefully) reach it, but sadly, MOST entrepreneurs do.

Luckily for you, there’s a shortcut…

And it all begins with 3 words:

APRIL. SMITH. JONES.

What if you could have it ALL? “All” as in everything you’ve ever wanted… The life that you’ve been dreaming of and exerting all of your energy and time into achieving.

What if you could jump straight to that?

It’s time for you to finally get what you want out of life and to have it all… And yes, it’s more than possible to get it.

Mike can NOT wait for you to watch how April has transformed her businesses and her life just by following her simple “April-isms”: (Life/Business principles she lives by.)

From growing up in the rough parts of South Central LA, to becoming a successful attorney for over 32 years, to now becoming, as Influencive Magazine likes to say about April: “The hottest, freshest voice of reason for this decade…” April has the answers you’ve been searching for.

If you’re ready to take control of your life and get what you want, you’ve come to the right place.

Don’t miss her sensational story and life-changing ideas that can take you and your business exactly where you want to go.

Key Takeaways

(03:52) The secret to “getting whatever you want…”
(10:18) What’s an “April-ISM?”
(23:01) The secret to creating a “self-running” business.
(27:03) Problems are puzzles?
(30:40) Go somewhere better…

Additional Resources

Learn more about working with April and download your free goodies! http://www.AprilSmithJones.com
Send April an email here: April@AprilSmithJones.com
Apply to work with Mike: http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

It all starts at the C.O.R.E.

Originally, Mike was going to title this episode: “Not enough sex and Sex all of the time” and here’s why…

You’ll get a real kick out of this one… Your spouse may laugh even harder.

Has your marriage turned “old?”

Not the “old” as in age… That’s inevitable.

Has it taken a turn for the worst? Where you’re assuming each other’s perspective rather than listening?

Has it turned mundane and out of touch?

If you’re looking to make a change in your relationship with your spouse, chances are the same problems are taking place within your business…

But don’t panic, there’s good news.

The same things that will transform your marriage can also do the same thing in your business.

It’s as simple as working out your C.O.R.E.

Listen as Mike's good friend, Dino Watt, AKA “The Fixer,” lays out his proven method of creating a happy home and business as he lays out his proven “C.O.R.E.” Method.

It’s time for a change and you’ve come to the right place to get the results you’ve been hoping for.

Key Takeaways

(03:01) “Not enough sex.” and “Sex all of the time.”
(05:58) “When’s the NEXT time I’m gonna get sex?”
(14:50) Dino’s C.O.R.E. Method.
(41:05) Who comes first? (Who’s Your TOP Priority?)
(01:05:02) Why you need a mentor/coach…

Additional Resources

Take your free assessment and learn more about working with Dino at www.FixOurTeamNow.com
Apply to work with Mike:http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

The fastest/easiest way to grow your business…

Most business owners/ entrepreneurs are sitting on GOLD and they don’t even know it…

They work tirelessly, focusing on too many components of their business all at once, hoping that by “doing it all” somehow, all of their hard work will magically boost their business:

“We need to focus on making a killer landing page…”
“We need to boost our Facebook, YouTube, Google ads…”
“We need to double down on our CRM…”
“We need to hire better employees…”

Sound too familiar?

BTW, Mike's NOT saying working on these different aspects of your business doesn’t make a difference.

They do, but you’re STILL not getting the results you’re hoping for… Right?

This single tool has been overlooked and underutilized for far too long and has been the fastest/ easiest way Mike has grown his own business…

It’s why he still uses it EVERY DAY…

In fact, Mike's favorite way of putting it to use is by “throwing parties” like THIS…

To explain:

Add the word “Referral” to parties so that it makes more sense.

“Referral Parties?”

Yes, because that’s exactly what Mike is talking about.

In business, Relationships. Are. Everything and “It’s NOT what you know, but who you know.”

Right?

In this Episode, watch as Mike and his good friend, Charles Byrd, show you exactly how to create recurring business, bring in more customers consistently, and just make things happen using “Referral Parties.”

You’ll be amazed how fast your business grows from it.

Key Takeaways

(00:58) Want to bring in more “hot-warm” customers? Do this…
(07:42) How the “JV” strategy works.
(19:20) Referral Parties are the best way to help your business and your relationships.
(29:20) Avoid relationships like these (PITAs)…
(49:24) This is how it’s done. (Referral Parties Demonstration)

Additional Resources

Head over to www.MikeKoenigs.com to Download Your Pre-Written, Referral Party Script and a Transcript of the Show!
Apply to work with Mike: http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

Today’s episode comes at the request of Mike and Dan’s friend and colleague, Darren Hardy.

Darren is a great entrepreneurial pioneer and every now and again Mike has the good fortune of going out for long walks with him. (He wrote the books, “The Compound Effect” and “The Entrepreneurial Roller Coaster,” and for years, he was the editor-in-chief and publisher of SUCCESS Magazine.)

Darren has interviewed some of the wisest and most fascinating people in the world who are also some of the most successful.

So Mike said to Darren on their walk, “do you have any cool questions that I should ask Dan?”

Man, did he come up with some doozies!

You’ll not only learn how Dan thinks but you’ll walk away with some incredibly valuable information including how Dan dealt with the biggest challenges he faced in his business over the last two years.

Pay attention to the KINDS of questions Mike asks Dan. It’s one of the great learning lessons today.

We think you're going to be able to see yourself, your organization and your own personal growth in here, through the lens of another person. (That’s another big takeaway.)

Key Takeaways

Dan’s biggest mistake in the last two years. (03:04)
The key lessons that Dan will take away from the past two years that he’ll carry on for the rest of his business life (07:36)
The greatest lessons Dan learned that spurred the profitable growth of his company (20:57)
One thing Dan’s done as a leader to move from good to great (29:53)
Dan’s greatest failures as a leader and the lesson learned (30:19)
A challenge Dan had this year that he didn’t see coming and how he resolved it (30:47)

Additional Resources

Learn more about Dan and Strategic Coach
Apply to work with Mike

View Details

The Top 10 Creative Blockers and How To Solve Them

Today, Dan and Mike started to talk about The Top 10 Creative Blockers and How to Solve Them.

But after really digging in, they came up with an idea called CREATIVE COMPRESSION which is, “how do you solve virtually any creative problem and get more done while staying in your unique ability all the time?”

They ended up with a really useful set of questions you can ask yourself to solve virtually any problem either by yourself or in a group.

Dan and Mike love this episode because every one of Mike's stories triggered a story that Dan had, and they were able to pull lessons from each one. It was like a ping pong match and bonus… they ended up with a lot more than 10!

In fact, that ended up being #1: Start an interesting conversation and ask questions with a time limit.

So… where do they get their inspiration and how do they get unstuck when they have creativity challenges?

Let's dive into the rest of them. Get started by listening to the podcast.

Key Takeaways

Dan reveals his creative way of taking the stress out of deadlines. (03:34)
Mike talks about one of his favorite creative breakouts working with paying clients. (07:50)
Dan tells us about one of the creative solutions: “Create all projects as part of a growing process.” (10:12)
Mike tells us about “Small container, short tail” (14:01)
Dan’s theory: “It’s all about your thinking. Most people can’t think about their thinking.” (21:52)

Additional Resources

Learn more about Dan and Strategic Coach: https://www.strategiccoach.com/
Apply to work with Mike: http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

What does infinite freedom mean to you?

For a lot of founders, it means selling their business and investing in passive income opportunities to achieve unlimited financial and time freedom.

Mike knows that’s what motivates him… because why own a business if it doesn’t allow you freedom?

Mike's special guest today is The Cash Flow King himself, Eric Francom. (https://www.ericfrancom.com/)

He has a proven method for medical professionals to successfully boost profits, sell a practice, and make smart investments that work while you’re living the life you want.

Coincidentally, his name “Francom” literally means “Free Man,” and helping others find the freedom he has is exactly what he does.

Eric boosted his practice’s profits by finding new income streams, then selling his dental practice at its peak. This, combined with his unique investment strategy, helped him quadruple his NET worth in two years and it continues to grow today.

In the same period of time, the investments he made also generated enough passive income to pay all of his bills and more. Now, he has the time to spend with his wife and children and the resources to do the things he loves.

Before he made these strategic moves, his finances were strained, his relationships were tested, and his health was deteriorating.

“I graduated dental school with a lot of student debt and took on even more business debt to open my practice. It was oppressive. I was so stressed, I threw up every morning.”

Eric’s Infinite Freedom Formulas helped him turn it all around and live the lifestyle of his dreams.

Learn all about the Infinite Freedom Formula by listening to the podcast.

Key Takeaways

Eric tells his story and how he got into this business (02:58)
Eric’s direct deposits; PROOF that what he’s doing works! (10:16)
Infinite Freedom Formula #1: Short term, high return investments (12:42)
Infinite Freedom Formula #2: Invest in secure, short term cryptocurrency (15:16)
Infinite Freedom Formula #3: Invest or consult + get equity in growing companies (18:11)
Infinite Freedom Formula #4: Invest your tax dollars (22:25)

Additional Resources

Learn more about Eric and download your 2 Free Freedom Guides! https://www.ericfrancom.com/free/
Apply to work with Eric https://www.ericfrancom.com/apply/
Apply to work with Mike http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

SO many entrepreneurs really struggle with this same problem, over and over again.

How Do You Know When You Need a Who That Isn't You?

That’s the primary question Dan and Mike are going to answer in this episode.

It’s all about really understanding what your upper limits or superpowers are, knowing when you're holding yourself back and when you need to find the right WHO.

Today they'll explore this concept in detail. Mike gets Dan to do a total brain dump on the subject and they'll discuss what it actually takes to find great team members.

They'll also give you a list of tools, for everyone who's in Strategic Coach, that will help you get past this hump; and it's an incentive if you're not a Strategic Coach member… now would be a really good time to learn a little bit more!

Key Takeaways

Dan explains why “Great New Who’s are Driven by Great New Goals.” (03:16)
Mike talks about his personal test for everything as to whether he’s going to do something or not (04:30)
It’s much easier to find the right who if you’re going for something way bigger than you’ve ever achieved before (16:43)
Mike talks about how he got clear on what he wanted to do next after he sold his last business (19:36)
The secret to building a successful coaching program (27:29)

Additional Resources

Learn more about Strategic Coach and download your free guides: https://www.strategiccoach.com/
Apply to work with Mike: http://www.mrbz.com/funnel

View Details

Are You Ready to Create Infinite Leverage?

Today, Mike has an extraordinary guest. His name is Tom Burns.

Mike met Tom through an investment fund—one of the most brilliant deals he's ever been involved with.

What’s the #1 secret the wealthiest people know?

It’s not obvious, but it enables anyone to create infinite leverage with the least risk.

They'll also talk about how to do your own deals.

Becoming a principal and a sponsor for private equity may sound completely overwhelming… Until you learn more about it.

The sky’s the limit when you learn how to put together people, deals, money, structure, and rules.

PLUS you’ll learn how to use Tom’s Rich Life Leverage Matrix.

This exercise enables you to think about deals and investment opportunities and define them to take the best course of action.

Tom will also deconstruct five of his best deals, including the Lotus Fund, one of the most intelligent deals Mike has ever been involved in.

Key Takeaways

What is the leverage matrix? (02:43)
Why should we listen to Tom Burns? (06:11)
How to get started with real estate investing (10:44)
Lessons learned from dealing with the wrong people (19:34)
How to create your own deals (37:42)

Additional Resources

Learn more about Tom and download his free goodies at Rich.Life- http://www.MrBz.com/RichLife
Apply to work with Mike - http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

Today, Dan and Mike create "The Top 10 Capabilities and Mindsets of a Successful Entrepreneur" — ON THE FLY.

These are things that EVERY entrepreneur should have or develop.

For over 40 years, Dan has coached many successful “Strategic Coach” members, thus developing a huge library of tools, and he’s noticed that there are certain capabilities that get founders further and faster.

Mike has been in this business for over 30 years, observed a lot of the same issues, and developed his own bag of tricks to help entrepreneurs get to their next level.

Today, they'll let you in on exactly what those capabilities are so you can see where you’re at in your entrepreneurial journey, and what skills you still might need to develop.

Top 10 Capabilities + Mindsets of Successful Entrepreneurs

Clarity of identity (understanding that entrepreneurialism will be your life)
The ability to monetize an idea / being able to create value
The freedom “TO” versus the freedom “FROM” mindset
Giving up comparison
Constantly measuring progress
Never be a victim to negative news
Taking massive action, experimentation and iteration
Knowing how to take advantage of luck
Creating, inventing and using new technology
Life outside of work is as energizing as it is inside

Key Takeaways

Dan starts off the top 10 list describing number one (02:01)
Mike talks about the 2 new books he’s reading on geopolitics and economics (10:49)
Mike and Dan talk about measuring success (11:52)
Mike and Dan discuss why Elon Musk is so successful (21:53)
Mike and Dan reveal the last 2 capabilities (41:15)

Additional Resources

Learn how to work with Mike: http://www.MrBz.com/funnel

View Details

Today you’re going to be given a ONCE in a lifetime opportunity. Something Mike has never done before and won’t be doing again anytime soon.

Mike is talking with the one and only, Jay Abraham.

Over the course of his career, Jay has had access to over a thousand industries, 7,000 sub industries and generated over a hundred billion dollars worth of growth for his businesses and his clients' businesses.

He has this uncanny ability to see hidden and untapped potential in every business, and if Mike had one word to describe him, it would be maximized.

But what would you do if you had Jay's brain for a full day?

How could you use his brain, with all of his experience, to either invent a business, craft a marketing message or maximize profit in the business you already have?

Mike speaks to a lot of founders and business owners, and most of them say they've reached a point where they'd like to get out of their current business. Either they've outgrown it or they're looking for their third or fourth act.

One of the best things that those founders can do is either find a way to reposition their business so they can sell it for a lot more money, or they want to create something that involves a platform and work ON the business rather than IN it, so they can have a new level of freedom.

Today, Jay and Mike are actually going to invent an offer to kickstart a business like that, where you get Jay's brain and THE OFFER IS REAL.

You'll see them create it in real time. The perfect offer for the founder who wants to reinvent.

If that’s you and you’re an action taker, let’s get started.

Key Takeaways

Mike tells us about one of his first marketing launches that produced one million dollars in 43 minutes! (04:53)
Jay talks about what it’s like to work with him as an advisor (09:56)
Jay gives us an example of a company he worked with that could have 10x’d their bottom line without increasing their top line (12:35)
Mike talks about his team of “WHO’S” that will help any business succeed asap (16:33)
Mike goes into detail about the offer and what you’ll get as a client if you qualify (57:22)

Additional Resources

Apply to work with Mike and Jay: www.PaidForLife.com/Exp

View Details

Have you ever lost someone you loved from a disease or illness?

What would you give to have been able to detect or prevent it?

According to the CDC, heart disease, cancer, and strokes killed 1,666,780 people in 2021 alone.

If you or someone you love is over 40, there’s a 65% chance that one of you has a life threatening disease you don’t yet know about.

But what if you could detect illnesses before you became symptomatic or it was too late?

This week, Mike is talking to Steve Marler, and his technology could save your life or a loved one’s life.

Over the past 11 years, Steve’s company,Advanced Body Scan has scanned over 65,000 people and saved countless lives.

There are no needles, no dyes, and no invasive procedures. It's completely painless. You lay down on a comfortable bed for four minutes and a board-certified radiologist reviews your scan.

If something shows up, the medical team talks to you immediately and makes direct introductions to doctors in their database.

No more sitting around, waiting for weeks or months to get the treatment you need. As a cancer survivor, Mike knows exactly how frustrating this can be.

Steve lost his mom to breast cancer several years ago and suffered incredible guilt wishing he could have done more. “I wouldn't wish that on anyone. There's nothing worse than watching someone you love dying,” says Steve.

That’s why he founded Advanced Body Scan. He wants to stop this from happening to anyone else.

Key Takeaways

How and why Steve started Advance Body Scan (03:01)
What a scan can detect and how it works (06:54)
Mike's Cancer story and what could have happened (11:33)
Bringing a Mastermind Group to an Advanced Body Scan Facility (30:54)
How a body scan saved the lives of an asymptomatic husband and wife (31:44)

Additional Resources

Learn how to get your Body Scan here: https://health.advancedbodyscan.com/life
Learn more about Advanced Body Scan: https://advancedbodyscan.com/
Contact Mike through www.CapabilityAmplifier.com to discuss doing a group or Mastermind trip to Advanced Body Scan
Learn how to work with Mike: https://www.mikekoenigs.com/super-power-accelerator/

View Details

Have you ever considered selling your business?

Can you imagine yourself walking away with a BIG paycheck?

If so, today’s episode is the right one for you.

Mike has sold five businesses, and his special guest, Joey Osborne, just had a successful EXIT a few months ago.

Joey actually walked away with an eight-figure paycheck, after being acquired by a private equity firm.

Today, they'll be discussing the five MOST IMPORTANT things that any business owner needs to know to get acquired.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode

How to position your business
How to become attractive
The importance of mindset and preparation
Their biggest mistakes and life lessons related to exiting a business

Don’t miss this one! They don’t ramble about spreadsheet data and ratios.

They cover the PRACTICAL, non-average, and non-obvious things around selling your business.

Mike knows you’ll find it super valuable, so click play and let’s dive in!

Key Takeaways

“The Big Reward Was Worth the Grind”: Joey’s Backstory (04:23)
Why Did You Start to Consider Selling Your Business? (18:20)
First Offer Gone Wrong and Lessons Learned (21:40)
Build a Financial Fortress Around Your Family (30:19)
The 5 Most Important Principles in Preparation for an Acquisition (36:56)

View Details

What happens when someone tells you something that defies your perspective?

Can you learn and still politely disagree, or do you feel uncomfortable or upset?

Do you take what’s good and discard the rest?

Mike and Dan have learned that points of view are just that, “points of view,” and that their brains are richer on any topic if they get a lot of different points of view about those topics.

If you are talking to 20 people, there will be 20 different points of view, and each of them will add to your understanding of the overall situation.

What you get out of this practice are collaborative truths, the wisest truths.

It’s also interesting, fun, and civil. So, are you ready to achieve greater wisdom?

Listen to Mike and Dan sharing their points of view regarding The Great Lockdown, artificial intelligence-powered governments, automation killing white-collar jobs, and more.

Key Takeaways

Mike & Dan explain the background of this episode’s structure (00:00)
Dan’s dual citizenship and how it adds value to his perspective (09:33)
A perfect opportunity to create a crisis and gain power (16:03)
The truck drivers’ movement and the symbolism behind (29:02)
Mike’s main takeaways from the discussion (59:44)
Collaborative truths are the wisest (01:12:44)

Additional Resources

Join us at PaidForLife.com/Mastermind
Learn more about Mike
Apply to work with Mike

“Capability Amplifier” is a weekly podcast on all-things entrepreneurship, brought to you by Mike Koenigs and Dan Sullivan.

View Details

My friend Brad Costanzo and I will be discussing some of our main crypto secrets. Brad Costanzo is an incredibly brilliant trader, marketer, serial entrepreneur, and host of the Bacon Wrapped Business podcast. Read more about our portfolios and many exciting aspects of the current crypto landscape (what to buy, altcoins, safely storing cryptocurrency,…

View Details

Mike and his friend Brad Costanzo talk about their main crypto secrets.

Brad Costanzo is an incredibly brilliant trader, marketer, serial entrepreneur, and host of the Bacon Wrapped Business podcast.

Mike and Brad talk about their portfolios and go through many interesting aspects of the current crypto landscape, including:

What to buy
Altcoins
How to safely store cryptocurrency
Staking
Crypto & taxes
And more…

They even cover how the war between Russia and Ukraine and other global events (like Switzerland screwing its brand for life) are related to crypto.

It doesn’t matter if you consider yourself more an investor than a trader or know too little about crypto; this is a conversation you shouldn’t miss. We want to see you there!

So, please click the play button, and we’ll talk on the other side.

Key Takeaways

Mike & Brad talk about their portfolios and other trending coins (4:18)
How to replace traditional banking (15:00)
Altcoins and the LUNA ecosystem (17:27)
Exodus Wallet and the weaponization of money (23:51)
Staking in DeFi and earning interest (42:02)
Crypto is a new form of trust (50:59)

Additional Resources

Watch the video version of this episode - https://youtu.be/9oONTVvF2Pc
Check out Brad’s podcast - www.baconwrappedbusiness.com/
Join us at PaidForLife.com/mastermind
Text the word CRYPTO to (855) 9553 958 and get your bonuses
The best crypto trading bots - www.PaidForLife.com/MyBots
Learn more about Mike
Apply to work with Mike

“Capability Amplifier” is a weekly podcast on all-things entrepreneurship, brought to you by Mike Koenigs and Dan Sullivan.

For more episodes, follow us on your favorite podcast app!

View Details

Mike interviewed Michael Chu and discussed how you could grow and scale any coaching business without it depending on you. Michael Chu started practicing martial arts at age three. He didn’t know it then, but the discipline learned in sports would help him stick to something he wasn’t good at when he started: sales.…

View Details

Want a FREE Masterclass on Mike Chu’s Retention System for Generating an Extra $100K in Hidden Back-End Revenue? Get access here: champdev.com/free
In this episode, Mike joins Michael Chu to discuss how you can grow and scale any coaching business without it depending on you.

Michael Chu started practicing martial arts at age three. He didn’t know it then, but the discipline learned in sports would help him stick to something he wasn’t good at when he started: sales.

He decided to keep pushing beyond his initial shyness and became a great salesman. After applying that same discipline, the time came when Michael got to train and develop sales teams into seven-figure sales machines and also started businesses of his own.

When he got into the coaching business, he realized that even though his company could grow a lot, the mainstream approach to growth was not what he wanted. Michael wanted the business to grow independent of him, even at scale.

He had to challenge many things that he had learned from mentors and experience. Still, he eventually found an eight-principle system that could grow his coaching business (and any other) into a multiple-figure business without requiring the owner to be fully involved.

Today we are going to break down for you this exact system. Do you want it?

Key Takeaways

How Michael got into business and coaching (03:44)
Glass ceilings can make your business feel like a rollercoaster (08:19)
How the Harvard Effect works (12:27)
You don’t have to be “the pushy salesperson” to grow to the next level (28:37)
The real work starts after the sale is made (38:56)
“I realized that my business needed to change to become scalable” (44:37)

Additional Resources

Learn more about Mike
Apply to work with Mike

“Capability Amplifier” is a weekly podcast on all-things entrepreneurship, brought to you by Mike Koenigs and Dan Sullivan.

For more episodes, follow us on your favorite podcast app!

View Details

Dan Sullivan, my podcast co-host, is a clear example of success both in his personal and business life. In this episode, I get together with him to discuss his main habits, routines, and life hacks. We know Dan. He is the founder and president of The Strategic Coach Inc., a visionary, innovator, and…

View Details

In this episode, Mike gets together with Dan to discuss his main habits, routines, and life hacks.

Dan Sullivan, this podcast’s co-host, is a clear example of success both in his personal and business life.

We know Dan. He is the founder and president of The Strategic Coach Inc., a visionary, innovator, and gifted conceptual thinker. He has over 40 years of experience as a speaker, consultant, strategic planner, and coach to entrepreneurial individuals and groups.

Mike thinks that everyone would want the grid of thinking of how Dan makes yes, no, and collaboration decisions and a deeper (and more personal) understanding of which of these decisions have shaped his life the most.

We’ll focus on the decisions that became habits and now are a part of his days and weeks.

Be prepared to learn about his sleeping techniques, technology gadgets, creative planning, team leadership, and more.

So, now that everything has been said let’s get started!

Key Takeaways

Dan talks about his typical week (02:23)
How to record and organize ideas (05:06)
How Dan counteracts the negative effects of screen time (09:15)
Mike & Dan discuss their approach to learning (34:07)
Rules for leadership and team management (48:17)

Additional Resources

Learn more about Mike
Apply to work with Mike

“Capability Amplifier” is a weekly podcast on all-things entrepreneurship, brought to you by Mike Koenigs and Dan Sullivan.

For more episodes, follow us on your favorite podcast app!

View Details

In today’s episode, Mike joins Justin Breen to discuss his powerful storytelling system, the four key things that all great entrepreneurs use to make their stories awesome.

Every person is born with a gift. Justin admits he can’t fix a laundry machine to save his life, but there are other things he can do exceptionally well.

He can listen to a story, easily capture what matters, simplify it, and grab a hook that will make all the difference in the reader’s mind. The basics of his storytelling gift came naturally to him. Still, Justin polished and perfected his ability working as a journalist, writing two to three stories on deadline every day for 20 years.

Today, he is the founder and CEO of BrEpic Communications LLC, a public relations firm that works exclusively with visionaries and exceptional businesses worldwide. Justin helps visionary entrepreneurs get their message out to the world and get media attention, which results in more clicks, visibility, and revenue.

We’ll cover what he does and how he does it so you can get started as well. You are one connection away, one relationship away from having or doing anything you want. But one thing you need is a great story, a great way to hook someone and get the world to understand who you are and why they should know you.

If this episode sounds interesting, click play NOW and get the full details!

Key Takeaways

How did Justin get introduced to storytelling media? (01:36)
Justin revealed something to Mike that changed how he markets (05:08)
Demonstrating Justin’s genius LIVE (19:20)
Pitching Mosquito Authority in Justin’s language (33:32)
The secret to creating your own luck (44:52)

Additional Resources

Learn more about Mike
Apply to work with Mike
Visit Justin Breen’s company website

“Capability Amplifier” is a weekly podcast on all-things entrepreneurship, brought to you by Mike Koenigs and Dan Sullivan.

For more episodes, follow us on your favorite podcast app!

View Details

In today’s episode, Dan and Mike discuss the birth of a new internal program to Strategic Coach and how it can literally help you get the one thing that money can’t buy: an extended life.

Just think about this simple question…

“How long will I live?”

83? 95? 107?

It doesn’t matter which number came to your mind.

Why? Because most likely, your parents and other people in your inner circle programmed this into you many years ago.

Listen to this: You can live way longer!

We have heard and said a lot about how your thoughts and desires influence what you get and experience, right?

Well, if you believe that, and are willing to invest in your health and wellbeing, this mindset framework, The Lifetime Extender, is a concept that will blow your mind.

Please tune in to this episode and get the full details!

Key Takeaways

Origins of the “Lifetime Extender” Mindset (01:11)
Mike’s Testimony About This Thinking Tool (03:47)
Steve Jobs’ Story & the One Thing That Money Can’t Buy (16:39)
The Importance of Sharing This Within a Community (21:46)
The Perspective of Life That We All Need (34:06)

Additional Resources

Learn more about Mike
Apply to work with Mike
Claim your FREE copy of My Plan for Living to 156

“Capability Amplifier” is a weekly podcast on all-things entrepreneurship, brought to you by Mike Koenigs and Dan Sullivan.

For more episodes, be sure to follow us on your favorite podcast app!

View Details

You know how hard it is to grow, build and scale your business.
Most of your net worth is tied up in your business and at risk.

Welcome to the entrepreneurial roller coaster!

What if you could
“buy money at a discount” (with no risk)
10x your revenue,
and buy your company so you can “take money off the table” and get liquid and still keep and remain in control of your business?

If that sounds completely impossible and counter-intuitive, welcome to the most interesting growth and exit strategy Mike has seen—and meet the guy who came up with this model.

Mike is going to repeat that last big idea: What if you could get a stack of cash by buying your business from yourself with someone else's money?

Mike's guest on today’s episode, Coran Woodmass, has a unique combination of skills allowing him to create growth and exit strategies that Mike has never seen before, in a system he calls Billion Dollar Exits.

It’s a unique way of pairing business owners with money and finding ways to multiply the value of a business with a series of strategies that he calls “Value Multipliers.”

Something Mike loves about his strategies is he creates a situation for you as a business owner to have multiple exits. One by buying your company with debt. Then one or two more with one or two subsequent buyers. Genius.

According to Coran, “I’ve always been fascinated with billionaires. What it took to become one, how big businesses were built and sold… even as a kid. It might sound strange, but it’s true.”

Nine years ago, Coran and his wife, Leanne, decided they wanted to travel the world, so they left their corporate jobs behind and started buying, building and selling online businesses. Online businesses are location independent, allowing them to travel full-time.

Coran approaches life challenges with a broad perspective. Like a chess master, he sees patterns that others do not, and he is able to partner and negotiate on behalf of his clients. He’s always thinking “How else can we do this while reducing risk and getting multiples?”

It hasn't been all sunshine and rainbows. Coran and Leanne have been through the pain he calls “An eight figure debacle.” They found a great business to sell and the right-fit buyer. Everything was set. Three days before closing, the buyer called and said, “We need to renegotiate the deal.” There was nothing wrong with the business. The buyer had an issue and it was completely out of their control.

This is very typical. Mike knows because it’s happened to him multiple times. Buyers frequently push sellers to jump through all kinds of hoops before a deal closes. The business owner takes their eyes off sales, growth and scaling during due diligence. Revenues drop. Then the buyer stalls and renegotiates. By then, the owner has already “spent the money” in their minds and winds up selling out of frustration or kills the deal.

The first time it happened to Mike, it cost $500,000. The second time cost him more than $2,000,000. The second time, Mike was better prepared, but it stings like hell.

For Coran, it was a horrific experience and something they never wanted to go through again. When the deal didn't close, Coran took it very personally and it led him on a quest. Four years and over half a million dollars later, he’s figured out EXACTLY what causes big dollar deals to close. (And how they can model billion dollar exits for small businesses as well.)

A few years ago Coran had a client that was thinking about preparing for an eventual sale of their business and how to get the maximum value out of the deal. They were already really good at what they did operationally so they thought, “what if we start acquiring smaller brands and growing for an eventual acquisition?”

Knowing what a big undertaking this was going to be, Coran made sure that they were prepared for the challenge. They jumped in with both feet. Coran raised $55 million dollars in debt to acquire several smaller brands and 3 months later they’re well on their way to $100 million in revenue.

Read this closely: they grew from $10,000,000 to almost $100,000,000 in 3.5 months…with someone else's money buying several companies.

It gets even better than that. With the remainder of the money, they bought their own company without giving up equity or control. Call that “exit #1” - putting a few million in the bank. Now they will repeat the process until they’re ready to be acquired.

Obviously there’s lots of nuance to how the deal is put together, but the bottom line is that Coran has figured out a process and a system to make BIG things happen for their clients quickly (allowing them to live the lifestyle of their dreams) using OTHER people’s money.

Mike wishes he would have met Coran a decade or two ago when he was growing his businesses. Mike could have 10x what he had built and put some cash in the bank instead of bearing the stress and anxiety of having his entire net worth tied up in his business for a decade.

Bottom line is if you have a real business, the right mindset and are coachable… Coran can help you grow and exit your business.

Listen to Mike's entire conversation with Coran and find out how to work with him and leverage the Billion Dollar Exits methodology at www.BillionDollarExits.com or email him at GIFT@BillionDollarExits.com. Coran is giving away a detailed training that walks you step by step through the mindsets and the value multipliers.

View Details

Money loves speed and time kills deals.

The more likable you and your brand is…
…the faster you connect, built rapport, earn trust…
…the faster the deals close.

The fastest way to build a strong connection is through shared experiences and storytelling.

A key ingredient of your storytelling is authenticity.

Being your genuine self and sharing your life experiences (good or bad) will attract your right-fit audience, full of people who are much more likely to want to work with you asap.

Mike came up with something he calls the Relatability Grid.

It’s a guide that helps you create relatable, mini-stories that are true and authentic, and results in getting people to trust and believe in you immediately.

Listen to this episode to learn How to Be Relatable and Build Trust.

Anytime Mike is doing one of his “Vision Day Workshops” with a client to build a platform, one of the first things he does is find the best way to “stack” their stories (so they’re relatable and you feel a connection with them.)

This is where The Relatability Grid comes in. They begin writing out their stories that could include things like:

Near-death experiences
Menopause / Andropause (mid-life crisis)
Divorce / Palimony
An Empty nest
Losing everything / Discovered a secret, shortcut, or Superpower
What’s your big hook that answers “Why should I know you?”
Being “Unemployable” / No college education
Feeling like an “alien” amongst people
First business cost first marriage
2nd and 3rd business almost cost my life, 2nd marriage and relationship with only child
Lost your purpose / outgrew “Who I was, What I did, Who I did it for, Why I did it”
How Do I get my MESSAGE out to the world? How do I go BIG? How do I become known?

By echoing what’s going inside your ideal customer’s heads, they craft the perfect HERO’S JOURNEY which is key to building trust and relatability.

The journey is ever changing. We never stop learning and growing.

Mike updates his “relatability grid” monthly.

Just the other day he met with his energy worker, Kim White, to do some clearing in his own life. They discovered some old shame and reactivity that he's had around money and a perception of where he thinks he needs to be versus where he is.

It's an old loop that goes way back to when he was $250,000 in debt and living off a Superamerica gas card.

He felt like a failure.

That part of his life traumatized a dark part of him but now he has the tools to recognize these things as “clowns in a cage.”

They may pop up now and again but they don’t own him anymore. He knocks them out just like the old Bozo the Clown punching bag. (Mike actually started buying the old toys and sending them to his clients as a tool to recognize the “clowns” in their lives. True story!)

Bonus: This is also a GREAT relatability story that Mike can share to create a deep connection and trust with someone else who’s had the same challenges, preventing them from earning more or solving a particular problem.

Your marketing needs to stem from your most authentic self rather than pretending to be someone you’re not. Mike can guarantee that if you try to emulate someone else that you perceive to be successful… you’ll fail miserably.

Listen to this whole episode or you’ll miss the incredible story Dan shares about his dinner with the infamous Alice Cooper, including how he survived addiction, his wife’s ultimatum and why he’s over 70 and still rockin.’

View Details

As an entrepreneur, CEO or founder, you are prone to inevitable stress.

When you’re stressed, it shows up in your body in all types of crazy ways AND it affects your energy and overall well-being.

Imagine…Waking up every day feeling your absolute best.
Completely invigorated, relaxed, and ready to take on anything the world throws at you with plenty of energy to do what you have to, plus the things you love doing.

You’ve heard the proverb, “Necessity is the Mother of Invention,” — When the need for something becomes imperative, you are forced to find ways of getting or achieving it.

Mike's guest, Harry Massey, epitomizes that idea.

He’s a pioneer in creating a technology that provides cheaper, faster, and more effective ways to help people experience abundant energy.

Harry is a Bioenergetic expert and speaker, founder of NES Health, CEO of Energy4Life, and Chairman of XPO Health. He’s published multiple books and directed several documentary films, including the award-winning film "The Living Matrix."

If you’re an entrepreneur and want to learn how to heal yourself, improve your overall wellness and access endless energy, listen to this episode.

Here’s Harry’s WHY and HOW he innovated a better way to heal the body and changed the lives of many…

When Harry was 21, he had an accident while ice climbing and fractured his spine. He was bedridden with chronic fatigue syndrome for the next seven years. He tried the traditional medical route, but the doctors couldn’t figure out what was wrong.

After trying all sorts of naturopathic techniques and different diets with no relief or improvement, he decided to study where energy comes from (since he didn’t have any).

He started doing research and came across the term “bioenergetics” and decided that if he could understand where energy comes from and how to optimize it, maybe he could get his life back.

He dug deeper and came across a visionary scientist named Peter Fraser. After writing to each other for a year and a half, they finally met up in Los Angeles and hit it off immediately.

Harry had the idea to create a wellness system that could detect and correct your energy from the comfort of your own home. (Because he couldn’t drive to visit different doctors due to his illness and inability to drive.)

Peter liked the idea and the two went on to form NES Health.

What are Bioenergetics?

Bioenergetics looks at the dynamics of energy exchange within living systems. If you look at the human body and take it down to the atomic level, most of it (some 99.9%) is empty space. Physics says that if you could see the minuscule “empty” spaces, you’d see it’s actually full of whirling waves of energy fields.

If you look at both your body and the cells that are contained in your body, continually, your cells are exchanging energy with the outside environment. Your body is always exchanging energy.

When you eat, that's a source of energy. When you move, that's an exchange of energy. When you take your shoes off and walk on the ground, you get energy from the earth.

It’s the stuff life is made of.

Bioenergetics is the study of this energy system and how it can affect your biology. It’s something that NES Health has been studying for nearly 20 years.

When it comes to life extension, restoring your energy and increasing your energy levels, Harry has three fascinating ways to make that happen:

Number One: The NES miHealth. It’s a powerful hand-held biofeedback device that is non-invasive and effective for reducing stress and re-educating energy flow to support and stimulate the body's innate healing abilities. It helps to retrain your body's own healing system by communicating specifically with the parts of the body with which it is in contact. The device does this primarily by sending ultra-weak electrical signals to the spot it is in contact with and then “listening” to the body’s response from those signals.

Number Two: Information-imprinted water or Infoceuticals. This liquid remedy contains filtered water and plant-based microminerals. Each Infoceutical is imprinted with specific bio-information to support various organs or systems of the body. Their success lies in resonating with healthy aspects of the body, guiding anything unhealthy back to a more ideal state through the power of resonance.

Number Three: A unique fitness tracker called Energy4Life. A revolutionary new wearable technology backed by 20 years of in-depth, scientific research. It detects your physical and emotional energy through the pulse reading sticker and protects it with personalized, in-app meditations. Unlike other wearables, it uses principles of bioenergetics to detect your physical and emotional energy levels and actively correct imbalances in real-time.

This summer, Energy4Life is launching a new product and looking for beta testers. To join, register at https://www.energy4life.com. This is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity so make sure you register today and unlock your own Superpowers!

View Details

Have you had a profitable exit from your successful business and in the back of your head you’re thinking, “Was this a fluke?” “Was I just lucky?” “Could I ever do it again?”

Maybe you’ve still got lots of energy and aren’t quite ready to sit on a beach sipping Mai Tai’s full-time?

Maybe you’ve reached a point of frustration, aggravation or evolution in your life or career where you are ready to reinvent yourself, your business and want to get paid while you do it.

Have you ever wondered if your knowledge and experience could help other “you’s”?

What if you could answer all these questions AND start a brand new, extremely profitable, soul-satisfying business in just 3 days!

Keep reading or just dig in and listen to this week’s episode because this is 1,000% for YOU.

It’s LIFE CHANGING, especially if you pay close attention and take action.

Mike just spent 3 days with Joey Osborne creating his new business.

Here's the backstory: Joey started and built the Mosquito Authority franchise over a 15-year period. A few years ago, someone wanted to buy the business, but the deal fell through.

Months later, Joey was approached by a number of private equity firms. So he went through the effort, learned a lot, went through due diligence, pushed past the painful parts and ended up selling to a private equity firm.

He had an eight figure exit and no financial worries, but the best part is he still has significant ownership and gets what's known in the industry as “the second bite of the apple.”

What is that?

The private equity firm brings in professional management, helps the business grow, does more acquisitions, and at some point will sell the bigger business.

At that point, he’ll get paid again. He has a great relationship with the firm and can participate however he wants, but he knows enough about himself to get out of the way and let the big dogs take over.

Joey joined Mike for one of their Mexico Masterminds, and one night over drinks, Mike asked him, “What are you going to do next?” He replied, “I don't know but honestly, I'm a little scared right now. One thing I'm struggling with is, maybe this was luck? I need to prove to myself that I can do it again.”

Dan and Mike both know that's absurd, but all kinds of weird things pop up in an entrepreneur's mind, especially when you reach a brass ring. Where do you go from here when you've reached your biggest goals?

So Mike said, here's an idea for you, Joey… What if you started working with other “Joey's” from three to five years ago? Find them, coach them and help them get acquired by a private equity firm just like you did? You've got a lot of knowledge and have been through the process of building, scaling and selling a company. There are a lot of Joey's out there who, like you, don't know how much value they have or how to put the deal together.

Private equity firms need vetted businesses and the business owners to know the language of the sale. If you bring good deals to these PE firms, Mike knows how you can get paid six different ways!

Joey looked at Mike and said, Let's do it!

So they spent three days together in a workshop and figured out:

-The Mindset of his perfect buyer: They know it's basically a “Joey,” or someone who has value, doesn't know how much and doesn't know what he doesn't know.
-The Market: They want to go after other franchise businesses because that's Joey's sweet spot and businesses that are between $2 - $10 million. They discovered there are about 3,500 franchise founder/owners to target. They also focus on building relationships with other “buyers” - Private Equity forms.
-The Model: This is how you get paid. They are modeling Mike's “Superpower Accelerator Vision Day Workshop Experience.” This is where you join them for a 1:1 workshop and get prepped for an acquisition in three days. Joey will charge $50k-$100k for this, plus success fees.
-The Message: They figured out exactly what to say and how to quickly convert prospects into buyers.
-The Media: This is how they amplify and multiply the message out to the world. For Joey, they made a sales video, offer video, podcast interview, magazine article, brochure and website. In a day! Plus, Mike interviewed him for an episode of Capability Amplifier!
-The Multipliers: These are the strategies and tactics for getting prospects with the message and converting them into customers. They have 30 templates and systems to employ. On their 2nd day, Joey had already engaged some prospects and a PE firm partner.

Last night, Joey and Mike were having a cocktail and Joey said, “This was probably the most profound entrepreneurial experience I've ever had. I can't believe it, but we just invented a whole business in three days!”

All the marketing is done and ready to roll. All that's left are a couple landing pages. It was about as smooth of an experience Mike's had as well because he got to work with someone who speaks the Strategic Coach “vocabulary”.

One of the most rewarding things to hear as a mentor is something Joey said last night; “I am so energized right now because I have total clarity and know exactly what I'm going to do next.”

WOW. Mike couldn’t be more proud or psyched for Joey’s future. Full disclosure: Mike is collaborating as a partner in the new company!

View Details

This is for you if you want to start, scale and exit your business and walk away with freedom of time, money, relationship and purpose, plus reinvent yourself in the process.

One of the things Mike has noticed in meeting with thousands of founders over the years is they get to a point in their lives and businesses where they're just done.

Done with government bureaucracy, employees, HR, talent and an ever-increasing hostility towards business and founders. (Can you tell Mike is a little biased?).

On one hand, they want to stay active but they'd love to simplify their lives, reduce stress, maybe sell what they’ve built and “take some chips off the table”, have fewer moving parts and spend more time expressing themselves.

An evolved human goes through FOUR phases in life;
from being a human doing,
to a human knowing,
to a human being,
and then a human expression.

Let’s talk about Founders and Exits.

We’ll get into the phases of:
Preparing for an exit (so you can get acquired)
What happens next (your reinvention + next half of life)
Different exit models. (There are a few that Mike has been experimenting with that are super exciting, especially for founders.)
Multiple ways to get paid (Mike came up with 7 different ways for one guy he talked about in this interview)

If you’re a founder and want to learn how to exit your business gracefully and profitably, listen to this episode.

In Mike's opinion, Dan Sullivan lives in the world of human expression. In other words, he’s in his genius zone pretty much all the time and has built his life around it.

He has worked with 10s of 1000s of business owners, founders, and entrepreneurs over the past 30 years inside of Strategic Coach.

Before Dan started Strategic Coach, he was a one-on-one coach. In those days, he wasn’t thinking about an exit… all he wanted was to find an entrance and was using multiple credit cards just to get by.

He decided to look at the coaching business in the broadest sense of the word; Self Improvement.

It seemed to him that there were two distinct models. One is the “guru” or “dancing bear” model. This is based on personality and platform. Think Tony Robbins.

The other is scalable. This is where you're teaching a system that other people can teach. (In Dan’s case, it's a system of thinking from an entrepreneurial perspective. How you think about your complete life from the standpoint of freedom of time, money, relationship and purpose.)

Dan says he was born without the “celebrity chip” and had no interest in being a “guru” but he was born with a keen interest in observing how people think about things that can be translated into thinking tools that other people can coach. So both temperamentally and from a strategic standpoint, he decided to focus on the teaching system model.

He ended up building a company that evolves as he evolves and leaves behind a tremendous amount of IP (Intellectual Property).

When it comes to “exit strategies,” Mike has studied and talked to hundreds of business owners and here are the consistent themes going on inside their heads;

Number one is, “I don't feel like I'm making an impact or that I’m valued in my own organization.”

Number two is, “I'm an expert and I’ve figured out how to overcome big life and business challenges. I know my experience will help people but how do I get my message out there to people that need my help? How do I go big? How do I grow an audience?”

It's a longing and a loneliness. (You know the old saying, “it's lonely at the top.”) There's intellectual loneliness and financial loneliness, but there's also that soul value. It's hard to put your finger on but it comes back to purpose.

In coach language, “how do I create lasting impact?”

Number three is, “I've evolved as a human being and want to express myself creatively and be valued for who I am versus what I do or know. This isn't about me anymore. I have all the money I need. I want to make a difference.”

Mike has found that the easy way to transition someone out is to give them this idea; While your business is running itself or while you’re making a transition, find four to 10 people that you wish you could work with or could have helped but weren’t able to because you were too busy.

Then Mike always recommends creating a blended business model where you charge fees but it has to be enough of a fee that it makes them uncomfortable to ask for it. Mike usually has them start around $100,000 - $250,000.

Once you start that conversation you open up possibilities and it forces them to really examine their unique abilities or superpowers and that's what you're selling. This is where folks get uncomfortable because they've been practicing their old “touchdown pass'' for 30 years instead of living into what they've evolved into.

From an entrepreneurial standpoint, you have to have a different definition of what “exit strategy” means. Think of it like, you have maximized the value that you're getting out of your present stage of growth and now you're getting ready to exit into a bigger stage of growth.

View Details

If you're reading this, chances are you have the same dream just about every entrepreneur has...

To have financial freedom and a freedom lifestyle.

Mike thinks every business owner also wants a self-managing company that can scale to whatever level you dream of that's both lifestyle compatible and sale-able someday.

It'd also be nice if it was a really effective ATM!

Mike's guest, Jeff Russell is someone who's done all of the above. He is the creator of Fire Yourself First, and he has a system he's going to share today along with some super valuable tools that you can download and use in your business today. (Tools that Mike loves so much, he passed them on to his team immediately.)

If you want to know the secrets to financial and lifestyle freedom by Firing Yourself First, Listen and Watch here.

Jeff’s life and businesses are by design. He always knew that he wanted to have the freedom of time and money. That’s why he became an entrepreneur in the first place!

Fast forward 10 years into business and he somehow forgot WHY he started it in the first place. It became way too complicated and that’s when he decided to systemize everything.

He didn’t want to be in the day to day operation so he hired a really knowledgeable team, (he works maybe two hours a month) so whether he’s there or not, it's making money.

Jeff runs 3 businesses. A Financial Services business, a Training/Coaching Business and a Medical Clinic business.

As a result, he has a huge library of systems that he’s developed and taught over the years. Today he’s sharing the 3 big ones in super easy downloads.

Clarity Map: In order to get to your final destination, you and your team need to know what winning looks like. The Clarity Map will get you there faster.

11 Step-Hiring Process: The key to a business that runs itself is to have the right people doing the right things. Jeff’s 11-Step Guide will help you to hire the best people EVERY time.

Dashboards and Scorecards: Track your success. If everyone knows what winning looks like, you can slowly exit yourself from the business, while knowing all is well.

In addition to these 3 very valuable downloads, Jeff and Mike also recorded a training video that goes through each guide, step-by-step. You'll learn how Jeff uses them and details on how you can improve them for you.

Here’s where to go if you’re interested in working with Jeff go to https://www.fireyourselffirst.com/apply

View Details

If someone asked me “what’s the fastest way to double my income?”

The answer is simple.

Masterminds.

There’s ONE thing that’s contributed to Mike generating over $60,000,000 over the course of his professional career and helping his clients earn hundreds of millions - possibly billions of dollars.

Masterminds.

If you want to build relationships with high-performing, impact-minded thought-leaders, join masterminds.

Mike has run mastermind groups for over 15 years and has belonged to dozens of them.
He’d estimate that 70% of his income comes from relationships and referrals he's made in masterminds.

The last few years have proven the importance and enormous opportunity of group engagement and Mastermind settings.

Dan and Mike have been discussing this topic a lot lately and they discovered that there are rules and formulas for a super successful event.

What are the rules for putting together great groups, creating an environment of collaboration, creativity and ultimately providing a tremendous amount of value?

BONUS… Dan reveals some of the deepest thinking Mike has witnessed in a long time. He shares his four types of thinking and his most powerful questions to help people experience a different version of their future.

This episode is all about Group Engagements and Masterminds.

Dan is an absolute master of adapting quickly. Over the last few years inside of Strategic Coach, he figured out how to make Zoom more engaging than anyone I know.

While there are incredible takeaways during virtual events, there is still something to be said for a traditional group environment. Keeping people active, engaged, focused and providing huge results and transformations.

Now that there's more freedom to meet in person again, Mike has hosted a few, high-end Masterminds that were hugely successful with more in the works for the future. (Including a fishing Mastermind to Baja, Mexico and a wine Mastermind in Guadalupe Valley Mexico.)

The attendees created deep, meaningful connections and collaborations. Both strong, personal relationships but also some business deals. One of them turned out to be an estimated half a billion dollars.

There are two main rules that are true for both virtual and in person events for the best group engagement:

The purpose has to be curated by one person - That person calls the meeting and states clearly what the purpose of the meeting is as opposed to, “hey, we're going to get together with some really bright people.” You need a defined, curated purpose.
One person curates the membership - In other words, who gets to be there because let’s face it… it just takes one turd in the punchbowl and everyone gets sick.
Then of course, you need some sort of structure to keep you on course. A time-line of exercises, presentations, questions, activities, eating, drinking and getting to know one another.

You want to create an exceptional experience where people feel as though they have experienced a transformation and walk away happy. This is the way to accomplish that.

In-person Masterminds are 100 times more possible today than they were two years ago and Dan and Mike think people are taking them much more seriously than they did back then.

What can occur in a Mastermind this year compared to two years ago, is so much broader and because of what’s occurred. They see so many more possibilities than before.

It’s really fascinating. There are so many more ways to create value in a shorter period of time with less effort.

In some ways, this has been the worst of times but for certain people, it's been some of the best of times, (Mike and Dan included) and Mike personally feel better equipped than ever before.

Mike and Dan went really deep during this episode so make sure to tune in to the WHOLE show.

View Details

Do you beat yourself up because you’re not enough?

You don’t feel successful enough, rich enough or get enough done?

This episode is the formula to stay positive ALL the time and get other people enrolled in a positive moving future as well.

This is a 27 year old concept, and one of the most powerful exercises that exists inside Strategic Coach, and you're getting it here, TODAY.

It's been tested by more than 20,000 highly successful entrepreneurs, their families, teams, and clients. It's a remarkable way of thinking about what you do every day and sends you off to bed at night happily looking forward to an even better tomorrow.

It will change your life and will definitely make you a happier, more productive person.

This episode is The Gap and The Gain, the high achiever's guide to happiness, confidence and success.

In their latest book together, Dr. Benjamin Hardy shares one of Dan's simple yet profound teachings that until now has been known only to his Strategic Coach clients: unsuccessful people focus on “The Gap,” but successful people focus on “The Gain.” https://www.mrbz.com/GapGainAmazon

Most people, especially highly ambitious people, are unhappy because of what they measure themselves against. We all have an ideal, which is like a moving target, always out of reach.

We compare ourselves to other people or against our ideal that’s in the future.
“What’s wrong?” or “What’s missing? Or “Not enough."

That’s “The Gap.”

When we measure ourselves against our ideal, we’re in “The Gap.” However, when we measure ourselves against our previous selves—the person we were when we set our goals and ideals—we will be in “The Gain.”

In “The Gain” we can more clearly see the progress we’ve made, and therefore will experience the happiness, confidence, and satisfaction that come from achieving—positive, powerful emotions that will motivate us to pursue new goals and ultimately become increasingly successful.

“What’s Improved?” “What’s Better?” “What’s Changed?” “What Have I Learned?”

That’s “The Gain.”

People assume that Dan never goes into the “gap”, but that’s not true. Of course he does, but when his muscles tighten and he starts thinking stressful thoughts, he has trained himself to notice it and take action.

Instead of measuring himself against the ideal, he asks himself, “where did I start?” and measures backwards instead. He’s then able to relax.

This is not about perfection, it’s about progress and it's having achievable progress that you need to give yourself credit for. THEN you’ll go to bed happy.

Dan and Mike often talk about amplifying your capabilities… How you measure your progress is one of the most crucial skills to amplify your future capabilities. You've got to take ownership and be happy with your past growth of capability to get a new capability in the future.

There is SO much more exclusive information in this episode including how to use Dan’s method to raise happier, healthier kids.

Here’s where to go watch https://www.mrbz.com/EP93YT and don’t forget to pick up your copy of The Gap and The Gain. https://www.mrbz.com/GapGainAmazon

View Details

Years ago, a mentor described one of Mike's friends as “the guy who can get the pope on the phone.” What he meant by that is he knew how to cold call, network, and wiggle his way into any circumstance.

He was a “super connector” with no fear and sold millions of any product he set his mind to.

Mike's guest, Nate Kievman is the founder and CEO of Linked Strategies (https://www.MrBz.com/MKLinkedStrategies), and has a really unique model for booking opportunities to speak with high-level executives like Elon Musk and Tim Cook.

In fact, some of his clients have booked conversations with these guys and other “untouchables”.

Mike is working with Nate and has spent months studying his systems and collaborating with his team. This episode is all about getting highly qualified prospects booked on your calendar, who already know they're speaking with a sales representative.

Listen to or watch this episode to learn HOW TO BUILD THE RELATIONSHIPS THAT BUILD BUSINESS.

A little background about Nate’s “WHY” and how he got into this business:

Nate was 16 years old and had an out-of-body experience after a bad car accident that nearly killed him. When he woke up, everybody he ever knew had come to visit and wish him well.

He was lying in bed, looking around and thinking, “Wow. This is amazing! Life really IS all about relationships with ourselves, others, and our higher power.”

This became his thesis for his undergrad program in Biblical Studies. Later in business, he became one of the top LinkedIn trainers and strategists because of their focus on “relationships that matter.”

This grew into the business he has today (which is not LinkedIn focused) but focused on Executive Engagement Strategies and Accelerated Growth Programs.

Their mission is to accelerate the growth of conscious and transformational businesses and individuals that are looking to do great things in the world.

He’s a conscious business growth accelerator.

Let's get into the nitty-gritty.

If you're going to book meetings with high-level executives like Tim Cook or Elon Musk (or whoever the equivalent is in your business category), and you want to talk to the decision-makers and check writers… There’s a psychology and mythology behind it.

Nate says that most companies are focused on the WRONG THING.

They're focused on the lead, the tactic, the method, or the how. Whether it's LinkedIn or another social platform, or a combination of all of them to be “market snazzy”.

Ultimately, what really matters is the marriage between the data, the delivery tech, and the messaging you’re using.

All the steps inside of that are REQUIRED to get the attention of an executive that is willing to not only pay attention but respond positively.

To hear the in-depth methodology behind getting meetings with high-level executives AND all of the steps inside of Nate’s system including something he calls “The Impact Analysis” (a process for identifying value), PLUS the Sales System itself, you’ll have to listen to the whole podcast.

Head over to https://www.LinkedStrategies.com/Sales to access a FREE BONUS sales training video and cheat sheet. It's essentially a toolkit that’s filled with really good strategies that are not only easy to implement, you’ll also get to see the role-playing component. In less than an hour, you'll be able to digest some very advanced content. It's super valuable and Mike can practically guarantee you that just going through this will improve all of your sales capabilities—whether you're doing the selling or you've got a sales team. OR chat with Nate and his team by emailing NateK@LinkedStartegies.com —and make sure to mention the fact that you learned about Nate from this podcast.

View Details

What’s the best way to make friends, influence people, be the life of the party and a master communicator?

I think being a magician, a mind reader or maybe even a psychic!

You'd be endlessly entertaining, engaging AND an expert persuader.

Now think about it from a business perspective…

If you were looking for an unfair advantage… a better way to attract your perfect customers faster, provide huge value and KEEP those customers. (because they felt understood, valued, and got to spend more time in their superpower.)

That would sort of be like the ultimate gift, right?

Mike's friend, Dr. Gary Sanchez (https://whyinstitute.com/meet-the-team/) has a really exciting new product he absolutely LOVES. It's called the WHY.os (https://www.mrbz.com/FREEWhy.os) and it’s the world's first and only tool for discovering your WHY, your HOW, and your WHAT.

In fact, Mike loves it SO MUCH that if you listen to or watch this episode, he's going to give you Why Discovery as a gift from him. (https://whyinstitute.com/GO/)

Listen or Watch this episode to find out HOW TO DISCOVER YOUR “WHY” IN LESS THAN 5 MINUTES.

What is the WHY.os and why is it so important?

Back in 2008 Gary was a dentist and desperately trying to figure out how to stand out in his crowded marketplace of 600 dentists.

That's when he heard one of his mentors interview Simon Sinek (author of the book “Start With Why.” ) and first heard about the concept of WHY.

That’s when he realized he didn’t know his OWN why.

He had a great “what.” In fact, Gary spent 20 years building a practice with all the technology and a well trained team but he wasn't growing like he thought he should. He felt like the worlds best kept secret.

So when he heard Simon Sinek talking about NEEDING to know your “why,” your “how” and your “what” he fell in love with the concept.

The only problem was that there wasn’t anyone to help him discover his “why.”

He became obsessed with discovering his “why” and called Simon to ask for his help discovering his “why.” They spent eight months together going back through his life looking for clues as to why he did what he did and finally figured out his “why.”

Gary’s “why” is to Find a Better Way and share it.

Once he realized this, his life made so much sense.

He went back and figured out what Simon was trying to do and made it better. He developed a series of questions that could help someone discover their “why'' in about an hour (rather than six or eight months) and then use that to build their messaging, marketing and branding.

That's exactly what he did for his OWN practice and it took off so other people wanted to know his secret.

He started doing it with anyone that would listen. On planes, stages, skype calls and even his dentist chair! 😂Helping people build their messaging, marketing and branding on the spot based on their “why.”

Building people’s messaging became easy when he knew their “why” and after doing it thousands of times he started to see a pattern.

The most important thing he figured out is that there are only nine different “why's.” Once he identified the nine “why’s” he was able to help people discover theirs in 15 minutes.

Then he realized he could train other people to do what he was doing and they started to collect lots and lots of data. Through that data and testing over 60,000 people, they were able to develop software.

Now you can now go online (https://www.mrbz.com/FREEWhy.os) and discover your “why” in under five minutes and it’s SUPER accurate. You'll only answer eight to 10 questions and it works EVERY TIME.

In fact Mike's wife, Vivian and he both did it and it’s so on the money that it's a little scary! Once you and your spouse get your results, it’s all the counseling you’ll ever need. Marital bliss here we come!

Using Gary’s WHY.os to figure out your Why, How and What is a MAJOR GAME CHANGER. You’ll end up with a really clear vision of how you can use the information in all of your relationships and businesses.

Don’t forget to visit https://www.WhyInstitute.com/Go for your FREE test and if you’re interested in getting certified to do what Gary does, visit: https://www.WhyInstitute.com/Cert

View Details

If you’ve ever wanted to answer the nagging question we’ve ALL asked ourselves; “What do I really want to DO with my life?!”

You’re going to LOVE this special guest, Charlie Epstein, the creator of Yield of Dreams.

His story is going to help answer that question for you and get the cobwebs out of the attic that's preventing you from doing it, because Charlie just made his BIG MOONSHOT come true.

Before you can do what Charlie did you’ll need to ask yourself one very important question;

How big of a check would you be willing to write to get everything you wanted in life?

Now you've got all the reasons you need to stick around.

Listen orwatchthis episode to find out HOW TO DO THE IMPOSSIBLE IN IMPOSSIBLE TIMES.

Charlie is one of Mike's favorite people in the world. They met a few years ago at an Abundance 360 event and had instant rapport.

They started working together on one of those impossibly cool, fascinating, dream projects, called Yield of Dreams, Charlie’s one-man comedy show, a documentary, an app, and a whole course that’s designed to “ease people’s pain about money.”

The one man show opened about two weeks ago and it was a HUGE success in the midst of the craziness during “impossible times.”

He managed to pull off the impossible in impossible times.

Charlie says, “If you don't have an intention, then you can't put anything out in the world. If you don't put anything out in the world, you can't get any feedback. If you can't get any feedback you don't know what to do next.”

Everybody's putting something out there. They're just not conscious about it and then they wonder why they get back what they get. Usually, that’s crap.

To hear the uncensored version of how Charlie and Mike met, and the WHOLE story of how they put together his incredibly successful DREAM project, plus how YOU TOO can make the impossible, POSSIBLE.

Listen orwatch —and don’t forget to check out Charlie’s documentarywww.YieldOfDreams.Live

View Details

The most valuable companies in the world are built on top of platforms.

In 2020, the Apple App Store grossed over $72.3 billion, and Amazon Web Services produced 45.3 billion.

Peter Drucker famously said, “The best way to predict the future is to create it,” and people like Steve Jobs and Elon Musk have proven this time and time again.

So how do they do it? And more importantly, how can YOU spot a trend in its infancy and do it too?

Our guest, Howard Getson is the CEO of Capitalogix, a firm that helps businesses use artificial intelligence to make better decisions. He and his team built an AI platform and AI-powered hedge fund.

Full disclosure: Mike's an investor in the company.

He’s going to share a simple four-stage system that you can use to turn big ideas into profitable platform businesses like Tesla, Apple, and Amazon.

(We strongly encourage you to WATCH this episode. The visuals of the presentation are going to make a HUGE difference.)

Listen to and Watch this episode to learn HOW TO AMPLIFY YOUR CAPABILITIES LIKE ELON MUSK.

There's a pattern emerging, and we're about to see it repeat in artificial intelligence, which will impact nearly every industry, including trading.

The pattern begins with a concept that says: Changes are coming. There will be new winners and new losers. Actions have consequences. So does inaction.

Tesla wasn’t the first electric car, but it’s become the best-selling electric car in the world.

It’s easy to think of Tesla cars as if they’ve always existed, but how did the company start? What capability was the very first spark that launched it?

To understand why Tesla excelled, it’s better to focus on the wants and needs they satisfied instead of the technologies they created.

Since the beginning of time, humans have been confronted with disruptive new technologies.

While technologies continue to change, human nature has remained relatively stable. As a result, predicting human nature is often easier than predicting technology.

Howard developed his system in order to capitalize on that principle by anticipating which capabilities are likely to gain funding and support.

Stage One: A New Capability

The first step is to brainstorm what capabilities you want to create. The goal is to create something strategic that creates opportunity.

If you have discovered a new way to do something, the caveman part of your brain says, “If this is not important to my survival, then I don't have time or the ability to focus on it.”

The new capability has to help you do what you’re already doing, but better.

Stage Two: Prototype

A prototype is a crucial stage in the development process.

It’s a great way to share your ideas with others, and often the only way to make sure that everyone understands what you’re trying to accomplish.

Stage Three: Product

Stage Three is about choosing to play a new game.

You're proud of your new capabilities and you want to express it by creating a product, a service, or an offering that is strategic and unique and takes you out of the competitive red ocean.

It separates you from the pack and changes your reputation.

Stage Four: Platform

Here, you can more than 10X your potential through collaboration. This is where you can bring in tools like Zoom, social media, webinars, and mastermind events.

Your core capability is simple enough that others think, “I want to build upon this because this changes the game for me.”

It attracts a whole new audience and causes growth to happen in unanticipated ways.

You've seen it with electricity, you've seen it with the internet, and you're about to see it with artificial intelligence.

The early inventors of electricity knew it could illuminate the light bulb, but they probably didn't think about how it would help pick cotton or make inhabitable places habitable. It changed everything.

Are you sitting on the next big idea? You have the capability within you. You just need to take action.

Here’s where to go Listen and Watch and don’t forget to download the PowerPoint and follow along here: www.CapabilityAmplifier.com/Capital

View Details

What if there were other humans out there that could be amazing SHORTCUTSand help you solve any imaginable problem in your business?

What if collaborating with smart, like-minded individuals resulted in something so magical that multi-million (or billion) dollar opportunities were possible?

Imagine being able to do all of this while experiencing unforgettable food, drinks, scenery, adventure and FUN.

This episode is all about creating great STRATEGIC STUMBLING environments and thinking exercises that encourage collaboration, imagination and novelty.

Dan even insults Mike in this episode, but he loves it!

Strategic Stumbling is an idea that came from Mike's client John Bowen.

They were in Baja on a fishing / Mastermind trip.

Mike's intent with the trip was to put really smart people together, find unique ways to collaborate that they wouldn't normally do anywhere else and create some thinking exercises that would encourage this.

By the end of the experience 2 of the participants came together and felt that they had created a tool that was a $100 - $250 million opportunity.

Since we returned, the opportunity has doubled and they now think it’s going to be about half a BILLION.

A little background…

One night Mike was telling his wife Vivian what he wanted to do more than anything was to get really fun people together and go on an adventure in an interesting place.

Mike happened to love fishing. He grew up fishing. They ate out of the lakes and he has a lot of great memories fishing with his Dad.

Mike knows Baja Mexico is fantastic with very gentle waters so he decided one afternoon to throw together an offer.

Vivian said, “Why don't you do Fishy Business?”

Mike thought it was a cool idea so he whipped up a sales page, made a short video and he texted it to five or six people.

He needed to find people who he knew were coachable, collaborative, and had a history of playing well together but also would be high quickstarts (because in Mike's experience if you’ve got a bunch of fact finders in a room, it's usually not very fun.)

The text went something like “Hey, I'm thinking about putting together a really cool adventure with some high value people I think you should know and you'd love to be with, are you interested?”

Mike got five yeses in 10 minutes.

The other qualifier was people that Mike had a history with or wanted to work with. He also knew these particular people were very appreciative of introductions and connections outside of their networks.

When they got together Mike organized a bunch of thinking exercises and questions that created a collaborative environment. Then the magic started to happen...

You’ll have to listen to the WHOLE podcast to find out about everything that went down on Mike's “Fishy Business” Mastermind, plus a ton more!

View Details

Think for a moment about the great WHO’S that you need in your life as an entrepreneur.

If you know what you’re doing, you can give those WHO’S great purpose.

There are a lot of amazing WHO’S out there with incredible talents that aren’t unable to find their purpose or a use for their skills.

That’s where YOU come in… but the great WHO’S aren’t looking for schmucks.

How do you not be a schmuck? How do you keep the really great WHO’s inspired, impactful, focused and keep them around for a long time?

That’s what this episode is all about. CREATING PURPOSE FOR OTHER PEOPLE.

Listen and Watch for all of this and A LOT MORE.

Julian Simon said, “Humans innovate their way out of resource shortages. People are the ultimate resource. Resources aren't discovered, they’re invented.”

That's the basic premise here today.

What are the conditions for increasing human ingenuity?

It’s smart people collaborating with each other.

80% of the most talented people in the world need someone to give them a purpose for their talents.

The phenomenal ability to GIVE other people purpose is a very rare talent.

It’s a serious skill to have and one that Dan and Mike are grateful for because they’re both really good at it.

Entrepreneurs with LOTS of big ideas…need to find right-fit WHO’s to help make those ideas a reality. Otherwise they’re dead in the water from the start.

Finding the right-fit WHO requires giving them the right purpose to keep them moving and motivated.

One of the tools that Dan uses in Strategic Coach is the “Impact Filter.”

This is where you create projects that attract teamwork.
Entrepreneurs, almost by definition, have the ability to create purpose in the future.

One that doesn't exist...yet.

In other words, something that's created in the imagination and is so compelling and persuasive that other people will say, “I'll add my capabilities to that! This is great, I'm good at __________ and I can provide value to the vision.”

At the end of the day, we’re driven by impact.

The impact you’ll have on the organization: results, outcomes and benefits.

Whether you're a collaborator or not depends on how much of the future you'd like to share with other people.

If there's only room for you and your future, it's not an interesting game.

There is SO much more juicy information in this episode about creating purpose for other people!

View Details

What if you could take your BIG ideas and turn them into something magical, profitable and fun?

Where are you leaving millions of dollars on the table?

What kind of creative collaborations could get you there?

WHO are missing in your network or business to make all these dreams come true?

The ability to take your capability and combine it with someone else's capability to create a new kind of value in the marketplace is what this episode is ALL about.

Today is all about CREATING MONEY OUT OF THIN AIR.

Listen or Watch now to find out how to make this happen.

You can start by taking advantage of the technological capabilities you have today for making instant connections with the right people quickly.

We're talking about Zoom.

Or one of Mike's favorite strategies, “Money Phone”.

Over the last year and half this REALLY changed the way we can do business and opened up the world to everyone with a wifi connection.

If there are 2 entrepreneurs that are right for each other, you are only three clicks apart.

It’s a shortcut for people with the right mindset.

25 years ago this wasn’t possible.

In the past, a lot of people wouldn’t even go to a meeting unless it was in person.

That's completely changed.

EVERY business is sitting on unmonetized and hidden assets that can be turned into “Money Now” (this is the ‘money out of thin air’).

Mike has several clients that have made millions yet they’re still leaving a tremendous amount of money on the table.

By turning their services and IP (Intellectual Property) into training programs, apps and software they’ve been able to reach AND HELP thousands of additional clients and collect the money they were leaving on the table.

In our new marketing video, Mike shares a story about how he and his team recently did this for Gui Costin. They turned a very expensive and complex service offering into a training program.

For business owners and entrepreneurs, there are enormous profitable opportunities if you’re in the right mindset and open to change.

Chaos and change is good for business.

It’s one of the ‘bright spots’ about the pandemic.

Those who pivoted, digitized and virtualized quickly had their best years ever.

Take ADVANTAGE of the opportunities happening in the world right now.

Choose to see the positives and be one of the success stories.

There are millions (even billions) to be made right NOW.

This isn’t new.

It’s about seeing the world through fresh eyes and a new perspective every day.

View Details

Every business owner is looking for more leads, better relationships and better follow up.

Mike's guest, Charles Byrd is going to share some of his best strategies to do just that, including:

How to connect with your ideal clients.
How to connect with your ideal partners.
How to get free leads.

They'll show you how to WOW your ideal clients and how to follow up systematically to close more deals.

THE FORTUNE IS IN THE FOLLOW-UP.

Charles worked in the Silicon Valley for 15 years as the director of a billion dollar software company but he wanted to taste entrepreneurial freedom.

He decided to make the move, created a low-ticket productivity course and got very good at marketing with joint ventures.

People wanted to know how he booked 2-6 joint venture promotions per week so he started putting on events, workshops and consulting, based on connecting, building long-term relationships, providing value first, then turning every one of those opportunities into two or three more.

When you're continually providing VALUE FIRST with the people you're interacting with, that value comes back many times over.

Don’t risk wasting any more time on the wrong clients.

Don’t keep trying the same old, worn out methods.

Think of this episode as a jumpstart for your business, like you’re getting to “cut the line” to success.

Get in touch with Charles at Charles@PureJV.com

View Details

One of the biggest things that entrepreneurs and founders struggle with is VISION DELIVERY.

You have a big idea that you can see from start to finish but when you go to your teams, you get bogged down because there's a fact finder that asks you so many questions you get lost.

You realize that your mindsets are not in sync. You don’t have a framework in mind… Just the VISION.

We're going to talk about how to COMMUNICATE your big visions and actually get them executed.

One of the things that we have always admired about Dan is that he’s cranking out a minimum of four books a year. (It’s actually closer to six or seven!)

Today is an opportunity to get inside his head and ask the questions that everyone wants to know. He’s managed to build an incredible team that executes his visions. Listen or watch on YouTube to find out how he communicates so those visions come to fruition.

Dan’s strategy starts with the client rather than his team.

He says; “any idea you have, make sure to test it with your check writers first.” The only people who will know whether one of your ideas is good, are the people who would benefit from it and pay for it.

He never tests out ideas on his team until he has a read from the check writers.

He’ll also conduct “workshops” where he’ll put an idea on a screen and say, “I've got this idea I need feedback on. Does this mean anything to you?” Then a conversation starts and the moment it does, the idea starts to change and improve.

This whole process is witnessed by his team so when he goes to them with the idea, it's already been market tested.

Mike is a big believer in doing this as well. The way he implemented this is in the past (when he had Traffic Geyser and his subsequent businesses) was by doing three or four live events a year.

At every one Mike rolled out a brand new idea or product and pitched it from the stage.

The idea was, let him show the audience a new thinking tool, show them how he was using it, and then do it together. Then you incrementally bring the audience through and get their feedback.

It's like having a real time focus group.

One of the unique parts of Dan’s company is that all of his team members, on a regular basis, come into contact with the customers and clients. He believes that when entrepreneurs are unhappy with their team members it’s because there's a separation between the team and the company.

The employees don't know what the company is for. They’re doing all this work but they have no notion of what the work they do is for, who it’s for or how it’s used.

They're ignorant and their ignorance makes them defensive. The only thing they know is that almost anything new can be a danger to their job.

If an entrepreneur hasn't set up a situation where their team actually knows who the customers are, they're going to push back against new ideas because they don't know what the new ideas do for their job security.

As a founder, part of your responsibility is to create the illusion of security and transfer certainty to your team.

In addition, the company can't be as important to them as it is to YOU.

In Dan’s company, a lot of his employees love their jobs. He tries to work towards each team member's unique abilities, the same way he does with his clients but ultimately people do things for their reasons, not yours.

It's not possible for your team to be as in love with the company as you are and it's unreasonable for you to expect them to, (unless you're giving them 50% of the money) they simply can't have the emotional commitment and it's unfair of you to even suggest that they should.

We're very fortunate in the age that we currently live where entrepreneurs can literally custom design organizations for their own personal reasons and for the kind of creative games they can play with their customers and team members. 25 years ago this wasn't possible.

The current rapid movement into the virtual world creates the possibility for enormous creative flexibility on how you construct an organization. About 50% of the character that your organization takes on is purely a function of who you are as an entrepreneur, and therefore you can't copy someone else's organization.

Listen and Watch the whole episode to hear the rest of our conversation including our thoughts on big information companies like Facebook and they're suppressing innovation everywhere.

If you like powerful conversations with strong opinions, and elevated answers, head over towww.CapabilityAmplifier.com and scroll down to leave us a message, rate, review, and share!

View Details

A lot of successful entrepreneurs today either have their own podcast or appear regularly on others.

In fact, podcasting is one of THE most powerful tools to build an audience of raving fans.

Mike would even say it's a necessary tool if you want to grow a business empire and platform that pays you for life.

Have you thought about starting your own podcast? Doing regular live video events?

It can be a daunting task if you don’t know where to begin, especially when it comes to the right equipment.

Today Mike's friend, Dave Asprey, joins him in his home studio where he walks Dave through the equipment that he uses on his 3 podcasts and live events.

If you’ve ever had aspirations of starting your own podcast or in-home broadcast and recording studio, you are NOT going to want to miss this one! Listen or watch on YouTube.

For those of you that have been living under a rock for the last decade, Dave Asprey is considered the Father of Biohacking, the founder of Bulletproof Coffee and the author of several best selling books. Mike is an investor in Bulletproof.

Dave also has a VERY successful podcast (250 million downloads, top 100 Show, Webby nominated.) but he’s always looking to improve and since Mike helped him in the past with this type of thing, he reached out for some advice.

They’re going to geek out a little and talk about all things equipment. They're talking, microphones, cameras, monitors, hardware, software, gadgets and tools… the whole shabang. Everything ranging from $25 to thousands of dollars.

They’ll also get into how Dave runs his podcast, the things that are working and the things he wants to improve plus Mike will share his best advice on how to put out the best quality podcasts, live broadcasts and videos you possibly can.

If you’re a tech geek like Mike, make sure to listen or Watch Dave and him nerd out. They had SUCH a blast making this AND you’ll learn a lot of really valuable information about starting your own podcast studio, whatever your budget.

View Details

You know what they say -- “Those that fail to learn from history are doomed to repeat it.”

It’s very important to know where things came from and who created them.

Today Mike and Dan going to go back in history because this is one of Dan's very favorite topics.

Mike is going to ask him three questions:

Who are his favorite historical figures?

#1 a business builder

#2 a leader

#3 a woman

and why for each question.

As soon as Dan learned to read when he was six years old, his mother got him interested in history.

The people we are going to talk about today are ROLE MODELS for Dan and people he gained insight from into his own goals. Sit back, get comfortable, and get ready for a fun episode. Listen and maybe you’ll have a new role model by the end!

Dan’s number one favorite “business builder” historical figure lived around 300 BC.

His name is Euclid, he lived in Alexandria and worked at the very famous Library of Alexandria collecting documents (scrolls mostly.) His specialty was everything mathematical. He collected everything, made sense of it, organized it and put it into systems.

If you think about who had the greatest influence on what the world looks like today, a case can be made for Euclid. The things that are permanent in the world architecturally all depend on the elements of geometry that were put together in 300 BC.

When Dan went to college, the very first book he read was by Euclid and it had 47 elements that he memorized. The book contained the notion of building structures that influenced a great deal of what he does in Strategic Coach today.

They’re his version of codes and basic elements of geometry and says this is how you build entrepreneurial thinking, unique abilities, and time systems. It’s his version of Euclidean geometry but used to identify the foundation of how entrepreneurs think.

If you have this way of thinking as an entrepreneur, you're going to do well.

Next up is Dan’s favorite historical figure in leadership; Winston Churchill.

He’s convinced that Churchill was one of the greatest leaders in history at a very crucial time. There was a period in 1940 where Winston Churchill saved the world from very bad people. (The Nazis.) Everybody around him wanted to reach a peace agreement but he said “You can't do a deal with a tiger because he'll eat you.”

Churchill had an enormous amount of social and political pressure on him and was getting beat up pretty badly. The enemy seemed invincible and the Americans had no trust that the British were going to survive. Dan thinks Churchill, as an individual, decided he was going to be the person to turn the situation around.

Dan says circumstances often make great leaders and war is one of those situations.

Lastly, Dan's favorite female historical figures.

Three of the greatest female leaders EVER are Queen Elizabeth the first, Victoria and Queen Elizabeth the second.

If you look at England's greatest monarchs all three are women. Together they have ruled for over 170 years. There is no man in British history that compares to these three women.

The stories of the three queens are radically different but in all three cases there was no preparation for them to be the monarch. In each case it was a surprise of circumstances that they ended up ruling and not without enemies.

For whatever reason, it seems as though the women are able to hold this position of power very effectively and in all their cases they happen to live a very long time. It also seems like the men in the monarchy get themselves into trouble and are willing to sacrifice the position for sex or love while the women make do.

This was a really fun and educational episode. To hear about even MORE inspiring historical figures, like Washington, Lincoln, Roosevelt, Margaret Thatcher and possibly… Elon Musk, make sure to listen to and Watch this episode on YouTube.

View Details

Imagine being able to attract a perfect, right fit client (what we call a “hero”) into your business.

How do you communicate to get anyone who's around you, whether it's an employee, a friend, or a spouse to get on the same page in the shortest period of time?

Today you’ll learn one of Dan Sullivan’s greatest “intellectual shortcuts”, the “scorecard.”

Every single one of Dan's 30+ books includes a scorecard with 8 mindsets. You look at the mindset, read some text and score yourself from 1 - 12. There are dozens of scorecards to measure every aspect of your life or business.

You can use scorecards to attract “right fit”, compatible people into your life. Whether they’re customers, spouses or partners.

In this episode, you’ll learn how Dan makes them and how you can adapt your brain so you can make them quickly too.

Dan created his first scorecard after his divorce in 1978. Back then there was a lot of encouragement from society to “work things out,” but Dan knew it wouldn’t work. They were going in completely opposite directions.

Then and there he made a commitment to himself that he would be married again but NEVER divorced.

During the time before the divorce, he realized that the problem was that he was looking for a person, and what he should have been looking for was a relationship.

He decided not to put his goals in terms of a particular type of person, but to outline some standards or what his relationship had to be.

The mindset “scorecard” was born.

He decided that his next relationship should not be one that required work but rather a relationship that just works. (Because his last one was ALL work)

One year to the day after his divorce and the scorecard were finalized, he was at a weekend conference and arrived late. There was only one seat left so he sat down. Next to him was a very tall redhead.

He looked at her a few times and she said “what are you looking at?” He said, “I’m looking at you and I like what I see.” They've been together ever since.

There was an ease and comfort to their relationship.

In both your personal and work life, trying to make relationships work is a very wasteful experience.

It’s all about creating the right of mindset. The behavior mindset. We generally get into trouble with people's behavior because we haven’t checked the mindsets out beforehand.

The big takeaway is effortlessness is the key function.

Recently Mike met with Kim White, his energy coach and one of the key things that he needs to work on is a very complex relationship that has turned weird because of a lack of communication. The thought of trying to make it work has kept Mike up at night.

There are a lot of positives about the relationship but the negatives, energetically, outweigh the incredible financial and celebrity aspects of it to the extent that it makes Mike feel gross.

Mike thinks it’s very important to check in with your body and say, “Do I feel good?” and “Am I happy?” “If not, why?” If it's out of your control and it's relationship oriented, take some inventory, and end it fast.

One thing that Mike's noticed as he ages is that he really sees how perfect nature is and how it's like tapping into universal consciousness. The way he has experienced things is the more he (you) meditates, more answers and solutions appear.

Dan has been meditating daily for 49 years but is not a believer in Universal Intelligence like Mike is. He believes that as a species we’ve had a couple of 100,000 years experience and our nervous systems have been formed out of a lot of struggle, persistence and breakthroughs.

He believes we're hardwired based on our experiences and when someone really gets in touch with who they are, major shifts happen.

A core secret to creating breakthroughs?

Dan says that you have to LIKE who you used to be.

If you're alway trying to get away from who you used to be, you haven't learned anything.

Dan believes that when people spend the time trying to understand WHO they actually are they will constantly grow and transform.

The more we get in touch with our experiences, the less conflict there is between what we're thinking and our feelings and when we communicate from that point… that’s when the magic happens.

To hear more strategies on how to implement the scorecard and hero mindset into your life PLUS a story Mike's never told before about his early days as a HACKER (you're not going to want to miss this one!)

View Details

What is the best way to drive results in all areas of your life?

Do you struggle with your employees, clients, marketing or your net promoter score?

Maybe you’re struggling with your marriage, or your relationship with your kids?

There is a KEY CHALLENGE that you have and it's one simple word… TRUST.

The question to ask yourself is “how do you create trust in the most effective way?”

Mike has a very special guest today. He's a fellow Minnesotan from a small town, not too far from where Mike grew up. His name is David Horsager and he's the most research expert on trust, organizational trust and leadership in business.

He's also the author of many books, with his latest out now, called “Trusted Leader, Eight Pillars That Drive Results.” John C. Maxwell calls it “A pivotal guide for today's leader!”

Research has proven that output, morale, retention, innovation, loyalty, and productivity increases when trust increases and that’s what today’s episode is all about. Building trust that drives the results you want so make sure to listen and watch us on YouTube.

David believes that lack of trust is the biggest expense of any organization.

Organizations think they have a leadership issue. They never do. (The only reason people follow a leader is trust.) They think they have a sales issue. They never do. (The only reason people buy is trust.)

The only way to amplify a marketing message is to increase trust in that message. The only way to deal with the diversity issues of our day is to increase trust. The only way to increase innovation and creativity in a team is to increase trust.

The root issue is always a trust issue.

So how do you build and create the maximum amount of trust with teams internally in the shortest time period that’s genuine and authentic? (when you've got that, you're going to get teamwork and more results which means happier clients and customers on the other side.)

The Eight Pillar Framework, from David’s new book, has been validated through research, as the way trust is built globally.

Clarity: People trust the clear and they distrust the ambiguous or the overly complex. Most people, even in marketing, think they're clear when they're not.
Compassion: People trust those that care beyond themselves. It's hard to follow or buy from someone that we don't feel cares beyond themselves. The most trusted person in the world is not Oprah or the Pope. It’s mom. People trust their mom’s because they care beyond themselves.
Character: We trust those who do what's right, not what's easy. Many companies de-incentivize character when they should be doing the opposite.
Competency: You might trust a good friend to take your kids to a ballgame because they have character and compassion, but you wouldn’t trust them to give you a root canal. If you're selling and leading the way you were 20 years ago, people won't trust you. You have to stay fresh and relevant.
Commitment: We trust those that stay committed, even in the face of adversity. Think about anyone who's left a legacy. Mom, Dad, Mandela, Gandhi, Jesus or Joan of Arc, and you'll find someone that's trusted because of their commitment beyond themselves.
Connection: This pillar is the willingness to connect and collaborate. In a lot of big companies or global governments, you’ll find counter forces of connection, siloing, or selfishness and that’s the opposite of what you want.
Contribution: You need to contribute results and outcomes. You could be a compassionate, high character person, but if you don’t get results, no one is going to trust you.
Consistency: The only way to build a reputation is consistency. The only way to build a brand is consistency. For good or bad. If you're late all the time, people will in fact trust you to be late.

David believes you can solve every leadership, organizational and marketing issue against these eight pillars. He’s done his research and tested it on six continents and found that most people are actually solving the wrong problems.

It’s never about engagement or communication. It’s ALWAYS about trust.

Wondering why David is so passionate about his work on trust? When his daughter was 13 years old, they were out for a walk, talking about life and she looked up at him and said, “Dad, you wouldn't understand, you're perfect.” That might sound sweet but he knew he had a big problem. He knew that she wouldn’t share her life with him if she thought he was perfect.

In reality when he started his first company, he had $1.42 to his name and was living in a basement apartment with black mold, no windows, bathroom or kitchen. He struggled and lost everything a few different times but his daughter didn't see those first 10 years of struggle.

When he finally found success with his first best selling book and started doing things like traveling in private jets, that’s what his daughter saw.

He started sharing all of the times he made mistakes with his daughter on their walks. The time he lost all of their money before she was born, the mistakes he made with his team, etc… and it changed their relationship forever.

The willingness to be transparent about your mistakes can be used in leadership but it can also be used at home. When parents try to act like they're perfect and were perfect as kids, what do their kids learn to do? They learn to hide stuff better.

David has been doing this research on trust for many years. (since his grad work days) If you go to his websites, www.TrustEdge.com, there's a research tab where you can read it all for yourself.

In his work, David has developed a 10 step process to rebuild trust. To find out more pick up a copy of his new book and don’t forget to Listen to and Watch this episode for the more details.

View Details

What is “Presentism?”

It’s defined as: uncritical adherence to present-day attitudes, especially the tendency to interpret past events in terms of modern values and concepts.

Let’s put it in terms that might be easier to understand in 2021.

Today there is a general lack of understanding of history and geography.

Generation Z has been raised with their phones in their hands so history for them (unless it was forced on them by school) is based on YouTube, Instagram, Facebook and Snapchat.

Mike knows this from experience. His son, Zak, is 18. He was the last kid in his class to have a phone. Mike and his wife acquiesced because he couldn’t do his schoolwork without one. His entire generation communicates in ways Mike still doesn’t understand.

They learn through accidental browsing. The algorithm drives the content that is in front of them and whatever they see, they believe. At the same time, they don’t trust traditional “anything”. They trust themselves and only certain kinds of media.

Today Dan and Mike deep dive into what “presentism” is, why it’s happening and why it’s really important that we don’t forget our own history in order to be successful entrepreneurs.

Dan went to school in the 1950’s when they studied history, geography, civics, and religion. Part of your education was to learn things that happened centuries ago, in this country and around the world.

In talking to parents who are entrepreneurs – his Strategic Coach clients and their children really don’t get history, geography, or the things that provide context for why things are they way they are. Most of their images of history comes through television, movies, and video games.

Their understanding of history is that things that happened before today are deficient versions of what they have now and therefore they can stand in judgment of how things were 100, 200, or 500 years ago.

On the other hand, when Hollywood does history, they give people who are depicted as living 500 years ago, modern emotions, modern attitudes, and modern thoughts.

The past is a foreign country.

You wouldn’t be comfortable living 100 years ago. And if you did, you would bring back diseases that would wipe everyone out in about 30 days because your immune system is better now. You’ve been immunized to everything people died of back then. You wouldn’t be a welcome guest.

There’s a pasteurization of culture going on and we don’t want people to have feelings that make them uncomfortable.

Virtually all of yours, Dan’s and Mike’s growth in life has come from encountering things that were uncomfortable, getting used to it and building new insights and capabilities as a result.

When Mike thinks about presentism, it has to do with collapsing the trust barrier. In other words, a lot of history is being rewritten by present day outrage filters, or a lack of an ability to deal with discomfort.

Look at what universities have become. People are being banned from speaking and silenced on the left and right because it makes someone uncomfortable. Social Media, the best and most efficient delivery mechanisms we have today are selectively censoring, cancelling, and banning people.

It’s gotten ridiculous – some of Mike’s very non-polarizing and educational videos are being flagged as being inappropriate and they can’t be boosted on YouTube. These are super benign content about health.

If growth comes from things that make us uncomfortable and building new insights and capabilities, how do we encourage curiosity, loving the discomfort and making that a habit and a discipline?

The best approach that Dan has found is getting people familiar and comfortable with their own history.

He’ll ask his clients about their childhood and what they were focused on. Maybe a goal that was beyond their present capabilities, and how they would go about achieving it or overcoming difficulty and transforming themselves, which is really the key to all history.

When Mike first joined Strategic Coach, he and Dan talked about the six companies heI created. Dan asked Mike questions that no one else had asked before and got him thinking about those experiences in an entirely new way. Mike had an audience. In the past, he didn’t see the connections between his first and sixth business without feedback. Dan pulled out common features of what Mike was looking for when he started a new business, what he learned from that and what they all had in common.

Most entrepreneurs don’t like looking back. They want to get on to the next thing because they still feel the discomfort from earlier stages of their life. Dan says, “big deal, you’re doing new things that are boosting your capabilities and confidence and things you’ve never done before.”

Instead of trying to get people interested in history, (like a history book,) get them comfortable with their OWN history. Eventually they’ll become comfortable talking to other people about their history, and at some point, they’ll be comfortable dealing with it. They don’t have to know the history of the country, but they have to feel it’s a PART of them. People need to be very interested in their OWN history to be successful.

The past is extraordinarily valuable and it should be respected.

Presentism is staying in love with who you are and continuing to fall in love with who you’re about to become in a positive, constantly moving future.

There is an enormous amount of thinking that can be gathered in this episode and what we’d suggest to everyone who Listens or Watches…pay attention to how Dan thinks because there’s some real gold in here! Don’t forget to text CA to (858) 434-5316 to receive a special mini-documentary from Mike.

View Details

Has your news feed been bombarded with articles about NFTs over the last few weeks and months?

Did you know that one NFT just sold for $69 million dollars at the world famous Christie’s Auction House?

Wondering what the hell NFTs are and why everyone seems to be obsessed with them?

No worries… we’ve got you covered.

Dan and Mike are going to explain exactly what NFTs are and why you should be paying attention to them. They’ll also dive into what blockchain and cryptocurrency are all about because these digital currencies and investments are the wave of the future. Remember when the internet first came out and people thought it wouldn’t last? 😉 🤣

You’ll learn SO much about what the future looks like so make sure to listen and share it with your friends!

An NFT is a Non Fungible Token. A Non Fungible Token is described as “using relatively nascent technology that certifies the authenticity and ownership of a token through a digital ledger of all its past transactions.” In other words a blockchain, forms the backbone of cryptocurrency.

This technique is gaining an enormous amount of popularity because it’s so flexible in determining and proving the ownership of an asset.

The digital world is exactly the same as the physical world in the respect that certain things are more valuable than others. It’s also a medium for great creativity. The entire music industry has shifted over to the digital world. Record stores don’t exist anymore because it’s not a convenient way to sample music but with digital platforms like iTunes and Spotify it’s super easy to sample and download whatever you want instantly.

Here’s the thing… The rules that govern property in the physical world don’t apply in the digital world. The creators of physical things have been at risk in the digital world because it’s so easy to copy anything.

How do you know if things are real or not? NFTs are a digital version of property.

The word “Non Fungible” means one of a kind. On the other hand, the most fungible thing in the world is an American $100 bill. If you look at world trade, 85% of all transactions are done in American dollars because it’s fungible. $1 gets you something, it doesn’t matter where you are.

Non fungible is the opposite because there’s just one of them. You can have copies of it, but ownership resides with one person.

This is how a digital artist sold his NFT at Christie’s for $69 million dollars.

Then there’s blockchain. Without it you have no non-fungible tokens and assets because you can’t prove who the owner is. The blockchain is absolutely crucial. You had to have it in the digital world or there would be chaos because you’d have no way of proving the authenticity of a “one off.”

Some of the practical applications are if you own a digital asset, now there is a mechanism where you can set up a rule in the blockchain for monetizing contracts.

For example, every time someone sees a piece of art, the owner could get a fraction of a penny. If someone listens to a song that is owned by someone, they’re getting a fraction of a penny. A digital contract in the watching governs the rules and makes this happen automatically.

Let’s pretend you’re a musical artist or any kind of creator of intellectual property. You could go out in the digital marketplace and say, “I’m looking for partners. I’m going to create something you can invest in.” In the blockchain, every time someone reads it, you’re going to get a fraction of a penny. You basically become a business owner.

This is going to turn the entire world of money raising upside down. You could build this mechanism for paying your partner’s dividends and it won’t go through Wall Street any longer. This is going to happen with virtually everything.

There’s also Second Earth. The best way of describing it is they have divided the planet into trillions of squares where you can buy property. What does this mean, and why is it important? Mike recently bought some “land” that his son told him about and it increased in value 20% in about a week. People are going crazy buying up virtual real estate right now.

Why should you care? Because games are going to start using the properties. You’ll be able to play games on “Earth” that you can view through augmented reality or virtual reality glasses.

These are universally accepted properties that “stuff” will be built on and in the very near future with augmented reality glasses, (which are right around the corner) instead of putting billboards on physical streets, there will be virtual billboards that you’ll be able to lease. Anyone who is wearing glasses will see them but they won’t exist in the physical world. No pollution advertising. Woah. 😱

There is SO MUCH fascinating and valuable information packed into this episode that we can’t possibly cover it all here. Listen now to get the full scoop, including facts about Bitcoin AND a new forced evolution that’s occurring involving a scientist who believes autism drives human innovation.

View Details

You’ve heard the expression, “find your voice,” but what does that really mean?

We all have a “voice” but do you think about using it to get more of what you want out of life?

Better relationships, better business deals, more exposure, more income…

Roger Love says we need to think about the sounds we make to have great conversations and move people emotionally, showcasing the very best of who we are in every business, or personal conversation and situation.

Roger has worked with some of the most famous singers, actors and speakers in the world. People like Reese Witherspoon, Bradley Cooper, Joaquin Phoenix, Jeff Bridges, Colin Farrell, Angelina Jolie and many, many more.

Roger says you are NOT the voice you were born with, but more importantly, he has some great strategies and ideas that will help you find your voice and share it more effectively.

Today you’ll learn what sounds are working for you and what sounds are not, PLUS… Roger will diagnose Mike and help him become a better speaker, step by step. This is an episode you really need to HEAR or or watch on YouTube.

Roger believes life doesn’t exist without communication so he’s spent his life helping people figure out what sounds they should be making so that they can have communications that create the relationships, influence, and happiness that lead to them having a better life.

For 17 years, he only taught singers. (people like the Beach Boys, Earth, Wind and Fire and Luther Vandross) Then speakers like Tony Robbins and Suzy Orman started coming to him wanting to work on their speaking voices and that led him to where he is today. 50% of his clients want to sing amazingly. 50% of his clients want to be incredible speakers, influencers and presenters.

“We live in a world that believes that communication is word-to-word based. If you had the right words, you’d have a great conversation, start a relationship or complete a business deal… if you only had the right words.” But science has proven that the words you say are not effective in the way you should communicate with people.

The way the brain processes spoken information is first, for emotion, then for logic. Words by themselves have no emotion. You have to attach sounds to the words. Roger has spent years helping people stop speaking from word to word, and become in control over sounds like the pitch, the pace, the tone, the melodies of their voice, so that others will really understand how they feel when they speak and showcase the best of themselves in every communication.

Roger doesn’t work exclusively with celebrities and singers. When he’s training a superstar singer to sing, he’s helping them sell more tickets and t-shirts, but when he’s helping someone find their speaking voice… it changes their life because it actually influences the way that everyone perceives them.

People need to know that everyone needs a voice makeover. You’re not “trapped” with the voice you were born with. Most of us hate the way we sound when we hear ourselves on a recording. In fact one of the most popular hashtags in the last 10 years is #ihatemyvoice. We grow up hearing the way our parents and loved ones talk to us and mimic it but it doesn’t have to be permanent.

Think of it this way. Actors create characters for the roles they play but they’re not that person in real life, are they? Most of us have a work voice and a home voice and we all know what happens if you bring the work voice home to your family… It’s not very well received 🤣

Early on, Roger thought his job was just to teach people how to have great voices. Then he realized that was a small goal and he could use voice to help make great people. His goal is to help people use their voices to achieve the next level of success that they want, both personally and professionally, giving them the ability to communicate emotionally because the people that communicate emotionally, are the people that are remembered and believed.

They say that people don’t remember what you say, they remember the way you make them feel and you’re only going to make them feel things with the sound of your voice, not the words.

There was an article in ink magazine that said that the average company of 1000 employees wastes $60 million a year each in poor communication. If those same companies had even one leader that was an effective communicator and great speaker, they had a 25% after five years increase in revenue.

The greatest leaders of today and tomorrow are the greatest storytellers. They have to be able to move people emotionally, to take the action that they need to make the company thrive and it’s voice more than anything else.

Roger firmly believes that the sounds that come out of your mouth, make you happy and healthy or unhappy and unhealthy and those same sounds are making the people that listen to you feel the same way. He’s trying to make a difference in the world by changing it one sound at a time and to that end he’s generously offered a $50 gift certificate towards his voice coaching program. Definitely check it out.

Listen now to hear Roger diagnose Mike’s voice and give him advice on how to fix what he is doing wrong AND how he ended up enrolled in Roger’s “perfect voice” program,” then go to Roger’s website to get a $50 gift certificate towards your own voice coaching.

View Details

According to the Alzheimer’s Association, more than 5 Million Americans are living with Alzheimer’s and by 2050 that number is projected to rise to nearly 14 Million.

It’s the 6th leading cause of death in the United States. 1 in 3 seniors dies with Alzheimer’s or Dementia and it kills more than Breast Cancer and Prostate Cancer combined.

Those are some pretty scary numbers and statistically-speaking someone you know or love has been affected by Alzheimer’s or Dementia.

Mike Koenigs can say that with confidence because it’s directly affected his family (and many of his mentors.) His dad has late stage 5 Dementia. He’s watched him go from a strong, smart, capable guy to a shell. He can’t talk, walk or recognize any of his family. His mom has mid-stage Alzheimer’s.

Watching someone you love turn into a vegetable is his most painful life experience.

What if there was a cure or prevention for dementia or Alzheimers?

This is an extremely emotional episode for Mike but one that he’s really looked forward to doing because of the exciting, preventative information he’s about to share. If you’re interested in extending your life and increasing your productivity, OR if someone you love has been affected by these horrific diseases, keep reading, listen and watch.

A wise man once said; “A healthy man has many wishes, a sick man, only one.”

If you look at Mike’s genetic profile, he’s going to get either Alzheimer’s or Dementia. It runs in his family so he’s on a search to stop it. Honestly, he’s more afraid of getting old than he is of dying. As a cancer survivor… he knows what dying slowly and painfully feels like and it’s no fun.

Mike met our guest, Dr. David Haase 7 years ago. He’s a double board-certified expert in regenerative medicine, (trained and practiced at Vanderbilt and the Mayo Clinic) and he’s found a way to turn back your clock. His work is based on cutting-edge research in plasma exchange, and in the last 20 years, he’s taught over 10,000 physicians his systems.

“The worst corresponding disease to dementia is denial.” – Dr. Hasse

We live in an information economy. We ARE our minds and when we have memory loss, we feel a threat to our identity and may believe there’s nothing we can do about it. Naturally, we go into “fight or flight” mode but if there’s not an obvious enemy, the natural cognitive response is to deny there’s a problem. We shut it down to stop the stress and make excuses like “I’m just getting older, or I’m having a senior moment.”

According to Dr. Haase, after the age of 28, all of us are “Dementing and Alzheimering.” It just depends on the rate you’re doing it at and when your brain is going to degenerate faster than your body can maintain the rest of you.

Haase believes we are entering a time where it doesn’t need to be this way. He says that most pharma drugs are just well-dosed poisons, but with Regenerative Plasma Exchange, they’re creating an environment where the body does its natural job of healing, with less inhibition.

Regenerative Plasma Exchange is a technology, based in science that has shown remarkable success in both Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s patients. It provides a longer, higher quality of life, improves mental acuity, and increases sex drive. BONUS!

It’s a modification of Therapeutic Plasma Exchange which has been used for many years in treating severe autoimmune disease. It’s a standard medical procedure often only done in hospitals and generally costs over $10,000.

We now recognize that it’s a way to bathe our stem cells in a healthier cellular habitat and as a result, those stem cells do their job of regeneration and repair in a way that they used to when they were young. The promise is a combination of age reversal and neuroregeneration.

There was a very interesting study done on mice at Berkley proving the validity of this technology. They took cloned mice, one old and one young, and did a surgical procedure to connect their skin side by side. In a week a remarkable thing happened. The old mouse started to turn young again. Everything from hair regrowth to better muscle recovery, better cardiac output, and most remarkably neurogenesis – (meaning new brain cells started to sprout).

If you can get body-wide stem cells to function better, you’re going to age slower and are more likely to live longer. Humans do the same thing. If you’re hanging around young people, you start to act younger, it’s no different for your stem cells.

Here’s a case study of one of Dr. Haase’s patients, Harry. He had Parkinson’s disease and withdrew from his life but after one Regenerative Plasma Exchange treatment, within a week he began doing the things he loved and hadn’t done in years. His wife was shocked to see him gardening, attending board meetings, and asking her out on dates. It was nothing short of miraculous.

Naturally, Mike is super excited to get these treatments himself. As soon as he begins, he’ll share his results with you! The process is simple and quick. Get some blood tests done, get hooked up to a machine and two and a half hours later, the treatment is done, all for less than $10,000.

As an entrepreneur or business owner, if you’re looking for a higher quality of life, longevity, slower aging, or some form of age reversal OR if someone you know has Alzheimer’s or Dementia in your family, it’s 1000% worth it.

This episode is filled with possible LIFE CHANGING information. Make sure you listen to or watch the whole thing, then SHARE it with the people you love and could benefit.

After you listen to the interview, leave Mike a message and let him know what you think of this episode OR ask a question you’d like Dan or Mike to answer in an upcoming episode!

View Details

Are you clueless about financial planning?
Do you have a 401k, sitting there, wondering what it’s doing?

Do you even know what it’s supposed to be doing for your future?

Are you still under the impression that you shouldn’t touch your 401k until it’s time to retire?

Do you think you’ll have no money to retire unless your home is paid off?

Our guest is on a mission to make the word “retirement” disappear and change the mindset of every working American. Rather than working your entire life trying to save enough money to hopefully live a life you love… instead of living a life where you get to do all of the things you desire, starting TODAY!

His name is Charlie Epstein. He’s a good friend, a client and a 26-year member of Strategic Coach. He’s going to show you how he’s able to make something as dull as paste (i.e: financial planning) interesting. 😱

Charlie’s in a highly commoditized, very challenging market that is governed by all sorts of rules and regulations but he also happens to be the only financial advisor in the world with a one-man show, called “Yield of Dreams, Paychecks for Life.” He has the unique ability to get outside of his “box.” He’s open, creative, and expansive, all rolled up in a charismatic personality.

Like Mike, Charlie has always been fascinated with the entertainment world. Growing up, his mother was an opera singer, and her father was a starving artist. His father and grandfather were both entrepreneurs, so he was always torn between two worlds.

It was that convergence of the right and left brains that made him question everything growing up. If he didn’t think somebody knew what they were doing, he questioned it, so when he started his first business, he didn’t know any better. He thought it was up to him to find creative ways to sell commoditized products.

He’s always been enamored with how to create an “experience” for people so they feel special, unique and HEARD. His ministry in life is to ease people’s pain and suffering about their money, whether they’re broke or multimillionaires.

Charlie always focused on “how do you allow people to have a different experience about their financial life?” He finds it always came down to, “what did you want to be when you grew up? What do you do now? What happened? Are you going to live your dreams? How do you get around the obstacles that stand in your way?”

Those obstacles could be compliance issues, (because every industry and government them.) or life issues. Then it became a balancing act and how to get around them.

He’s always looked at the entertainment, marketing, and creative worlds and how to combine those with the financial world (in spite of compliance) and look for industry bypasses. One industry bypass he created in 1992 was something he called the 401k Coaching Program, (which came out of working with Dan Sullivan,) and “thinking about his thinking” inside of the financial industry.

He thought, if he could teach financial advisors how to be better at what they’re doing in the 401k retirement world, that would be valuable. People asked him “why would you teach your competitors how to get better? That means they’re going to be better than you and you’ll be out of business.”

On the contrary. He was able to get major companies like Nationwide and Fidelity to write him checks for millions of dollars. Today he’s coached over 10,000 advisors around the country. By starting that business, he created a shortcut to not only coach advisors, but consumer too.

It was an awakening for Charlie when he realized he could live both in the entertainment and financial worlds simultaneously.

Charlie’s company is completely different from any other financial organization you’ve ever worked with in one significant way. Everybody else is in the business of getting you to save and invest your money. Charlie’s only job is to get you to spend your money right now.

Most people are holding onto their money because they’re afraid they won’t have enough when they retire, but think of it this way…isn’t right now the healthiest you’re ever going to be? Why wait until you’re even older?

Take one of Charlie’s clients for instance. He came to Charlie because he was getting ready to retire and wanted to explore his options. He was a really hard-working guy but never felt like he’d been acknowledged. Charlie asked him “what’s the one thing you don’t have, that you would love to have? What’s the one thing that would “razzle-dazzle” you as a tough guy?”

The client immediately got a grin on his face and Charlie said, THAT… what’s THAT?” He said he always wanted a Corvette and without hesitation, rattled off the exact year, color and style he wanted. Charlie asked, “why don’t you buy one?” He said because the people currently handling his finances told him he couldn’t even retire and was going to run out of money. Understandably, he was freaked out.

Charlie told him that based on the numbers, he was going to be fine. He showed him how they could refinance his house, by pulling the “dead equity” out, allowing him to buy that corvette PLUS a new barn and driveway so he could work on cars. He reorganized his “thinking about his thinking.”

He was able to show the client how to unlock dead assets to pay for joy, happiness, wonderment and play. Guess who the client chose to manage his money? 😉

If you’re thinking to yourself, “my advisory firm doesn’t ask these questions, and we don’t have that kind of relationship!” If you’re looking for something like this, something different then you really need to reach out to Charlie and his team. He’s going to send you some really cool, free tools and start a conversation that focuses on possibility and freedom. That’s it, no pressure.

To hear more about Charlie’s experiences with stand-up comedy and how that led to creating his own one-man show and podcast, listen today or watch on YouTube and SHARE with all your friends!

View Details

Imagine if you were able to create enough passive income and cash flow from investments so that you never had to work another day in your life?

What would you DO with your financial FREEDOM? Travel to exotic places? Buy your dream home? Spend more time with loved ones? Donate lots of $$ to your favorite charities?

Mike Koenigs has a confession to make. He’s made equity investments well over seven figures in lots of businesses. Done poorly, equity investments are basically zero-interest loans for an indefinite period of time in exchange for ownership. Unfortunately for him, very few of them have had liquidation events and a couple tanked – a total loss.

This interview is just as much a story about how Mike’s entire investment strategy changed, but how that happened – and who influenced him.

Meet Justin Donald, author of the brand new book, “The Lifestyle Investor – The 10 Commandments of Cash Flow Investing for Passive Income and Financial Freedom.

In the book and this week’s episode, Justin shares how to transition from earned income or needing to have a job or business to creating passive income that provides for your lifestyle and builds equity. He’ll also talk about “invisible deals” that aren’t normally available to the public, how to find them and how to use his “strategy stack” to improve deal terms, and reduce risk.

Whether you’ve never invested or are a sophisticated investor, this episode will change the way you think about money and investing. If you are looking for financial freedom to live life on your terms, without a job or a business, this episode is for YOU.

PLUS you’ll find out how to get a copy of Justin’s brand new book FREE and when you decide to order the book, all the proceeds are going to charity so no matter what… everyone wins.

Mike met Justin a year and a half ago and in minutes, he changed the way Mike thought about investing forever. He has a really unique strategy and investing methodology. He’s a brilliant guy and adheres to strong family values. He is an action-taking MACHINE and we connected deeply.

Justin has been investing since he was 18 years old starting with a Roth IRA after hearing a talk that he should start saving for his future. After that, he was hooked and invested every year since (he’s 40 now). In the beginning, it wasn’t a lot. He was making money and paying his way through college so he decided to just put his money somewhere and get it to work for him.

His first big win came when he started generating enough cash flow income from an investment so his wife could quit her job. She was a teacher at that time, earning $36,000 a year. She had a rigid Monday through Friday schedule with weekends and summers off. Justin often had to work weekends and summer was his busiest season. They wanted to be able to travel together and live life on their terms so he thought, “if I can replace her income with passive income, then she won’t have to work if she doesn’t want to.”

He found a mobile home park for sale, ran the numbers, and knew that by buying it he’d generate the cash flow to be able to replace her income. He also likes cash flow investments that pay TODAY. He doesn’t want to invest in real estate and hope that appreciation kicks in and he makes money in the future.

The cash flow from that very first purchase was able to replace her $36,000 a year income. They bought her freedom and started their family. Shortly after that, he replaced his income and what it cost them to pay their bills and live comfortably. It was a huge sense of relief, knowing that he technically didn’t have to work.

Justin says he wants all of his investments to protect his lifestyle without working more hours. His goal is to buy his time back. He doesn’t want to work for money. He says if he’s going to work for money, he wants it to be because he loves what he’s doing so much, that he’d do it for free.

Another MAJOR takeaway is that the terms someone provides on any particular investment, are terms that are good for them. That’s why they presented them, but that doesn’t mean they’re going to be good for you. Justin likes to push back on terms to get to a point where he feels 100% comfortable. He’s okay with walking away from any deal if they can’t get there. No issues, no judgment, but whatever terms he’s given, that doesn’t mean that that’s the end of the day terms. He looks at it as a starting point.

This episode is so jam-packed with valuable, actionable information that we can’t possibly tell you about all of it here. Watch or listen to get the rest of Justin’s investing strategy stack and to hear about a couple of really big brand deals that he did.

Mike’s had the time to get to know this man and he’s really extraordinary at everything he does, everything he touches, and the way he treats his wife and his daughter, and everyone that he works with, with the highest degree of respect says a lot about who he is. He has a book, product, mastermind, and he’s doing one-on-one coaching where he teaches people the mindset and strategies he’s using. If you ever get a chance to work with Justin, do it! Mike can assure you as soon as this book gets out, getting access to Justin is going to get a lot harder.

Listen now to the episode or watch the YouTube video here. And ake sure to check out Justin’s Podcast and sign up for his Life-Style Investing Course.

View Details

What are the TOP 10 Opportunities hidden in plain sight or available right now to grow and scale your business now EVEN IF you were affected by the pandemic?

That’s what this episode is all about, along with the latest trends, gadgets and investments to focus on to take advantage of the current climate and use it to grow your wealth instead of staying stagnant and waiting to “see what happens next.”

This episode is all about the post pandemic opportunity and what you’re going to do about it.

In other words, is your business prepared for the post pandemic crash and crisis? Mike will also be giving you his “10 post pandemic growth strategies to make 2021 your most profitable year yet,” but something that is REALLY important about this episode is that it is very, very visual.

If you listen to this episode, Mike will describe everything that’s on screen, but he highly recommends heading over to www.CapabiltyAmplifier.com/2021 where you’ll be able to visually see this episode streaming on YouTube. He has lots of props and he’s super excited to share them with you.

We don’t have to tell you that this has been a CRAZY year for most people. We won’t repeat what you already know. We like to stay on the positive side of things. That being said, there are a TON of businesses that have done exceptionally well during this unprecedented pandemic.

Dan and Mike talk a lot about “future focus,” and what you can do right now and that’s really what this episode is all about.

The largest wealth transfer in human history is happening right now.

Professor Scott Galloway talks about how in 2009, ecommerce represented about 6% of all retail sales in the United States. That increased 1% each year up until last year when the pandemic struck. Inside of eight weeks, we went from 16% to 27%.

The world and business shot ahead about five years due to the usage of Zoom.

We had no choice. We didn’t have travel, the hotel industry or live events. Everything crashed and burned but those who changed have done very well. Those who didn’t are struggling to survive. The advancement in mindset, thinking about what has value, shifted dramatically and is a huge part in the preparation for the post pandemic, chaos, crisis and opportunity.

Through an entrepreneurs lens, Mike asks, “where are the opportunities inside of this chaos and confusion? How can I add value and serve and provide more value?” That’s what Mike thinks being a great entrepreneur (at this point in time) is all about.

Here are Mike’s “Top 10 Post Pandemic Growth Strategies”

These come from a variety of case studies, observations, and thoughts Mike’s had this past year. (Watch the Youtube video for links, tools, resources and case studies you can model.)

Craft a Pandemic Proof Offer:
Elevate what you already do and move into a big ticket offer targeted at an audience with $$$
Virtualize, Digitize, Dematerialize
Craft a story that’s tied to your brand that articulates your product experience with social proof
Elevate you and your brand properly with authority and status using content marketing
Use one or more channel to “bring ‘em in.”
Narrow, Deep and Expensive:
Build deep, meaningful relationships with potential clients.
Design offers that can exist in any world, any country, any industry
Don’t be afraid to double or triple your prices
Separate yourself as a “category of one”
ZOOM it up!
Sell and deliver with Zoom/video
The perception of live vs. virtual is zero
The biggest players increased revenue, sales and satisfaction using Zoom
Go international
Create and Borrow Super Credibility
If you can’t be found on Google immediately, you’re at a huge disadvantage and have some work to do.
Content marketing is critical for generating leads and credibility
Never trust a Platform. EVER. Email Still rules.
Facebook, Google and Social Media in general is EVIL. You MUST control and build your lists
Email reigns for revenue
Invest in cold email
Podcasts to Get Clients and Rapidly Create Content
Either get yourself on podcasts where your ideal clients will hear you or start your own.
WHO Everything. Stop Stepping in How Pies
Eliminate fixed expenses
Stop asking how. Ask who, instead.
Create collaborations
Invert: Prepare to Go Back to Physical
Events will come back
Reinvent and zig when everyone else zags
Stand out and be different
Accept Cryptocurrency
PayPal and Stripe are supporting it this year
Big Players are taking part
Almost zero fees
Easy, easy, easy!
Sign up here www.MrBz.com/Coinbase
The Future “ZOOM” is Artificial Reality and Virtual Reality
It’s intimate, connected and immersive
I’m delivering a new program with VR this year!
How can you use it today?

To hear and watch a much more in depth description of the Top 10 Post Pandemic Growth Strategies, listen to this episode now, and watch the YouTube video!

Dan Sullivan Called this “the finest piece of marketing material Strategic Coach has had in 31 years. It’s a work of art.

At the end of this episode, Mike shares a very special video that he produced for Strategic Coach. It was designed to overcome every sales objection they run into and describe a day in the life of a Strategic Coach member, both physical and virtual.

It’s the result of having interviewed over 100 members, the executive team, the sales team, looking at years of buyer and customer data. My team and I set out to craft a short story that would be easy to share for salespeople, clients and customers, but also be shareable. More importantly, it’s Mike’s story inside of Strategic Coach. Have a look and let Mike know what you think!

After you listen to the interview, leave me a message and let me know what you think of this episode OR ask a question you’d like Dan or Mike to answer in an upcoming episode!

View Details

WOW. The end of 2020 is here and I, for one am glad to see it go… but I am looking forward to the year ahead and reflecting on all of the GREAT things that happened this past year.

That’s why we’re gifting you with a REWIND episode of our #1 downloaded podcast episode today!

Have a listen and enjoy. It’s a great one and I’m super grateful for YOU!

When you’re the most interesting person in the room, you’re in the wrong room!

Mike recently had the pleasure of sitting down to interview Rich Litvin, “The Accidental Entrepreneur,” for this podcast. In case you’re not familiar, Rich is a hugely successful author of three bestselling books, he runs a high level mastermind group, and is a highly sought after business coach who only works with five clients per year and gets $100,000 per client!

Why is Rich “The Accidental Entrepreneur”? Well … because his dad was an entrepreneur and did his best to persuade his three sons to do anything BUT become entrepreneurs. But it turns out, many years later, guess what all three sons are! Yup, you guessed it. They’re entrepreneurs!

He was a high school teacher for 15 years and eventually a vice principal because that is his passion. But he lost his job in 2005 and began a new career as a coach. He didn’t know you were supposed to have a business plan or how to write a business plan, so for the last 14 years his one-line business plan has been, “Meet fun and interesting people.”

During our time together, Rich and I delve into some pretty interesting subjects that I know you’ll get a lot out of. Have a look:

The 4% Rule:
• The way to get better when you’re an extraordinary top performer, and in an arena where you could die, is to only push yourself 4% beyond your current capabilities.
The Three Traps (that leaders get themselves into in their evolution as business owners, people, and SuperBeings):
• One – The Isolation Trap: “I’m not lonely, but I feel very alone.”
• Two – The Imposter Trap: “People admire me, but I feel like a fraud.”
• Three – The Emptiness Trap: “I have everything I ever wanted, but I feel empty.
Serving people SO powerfully that they never forget your conversation for the rest of their life.
The power of LISTENING and the willingness to sit in the uncomfortable silence.
Serving people vs. pleasing people.
“The dream behind the dream”: The difference between what people SAY they want vs. what they ACTUALLY want.
“When you’re the most interesting person in the room, you’re in the wrong room.”
What are you tolerating?
Who are you being right now in your life that if your child grew up to be that way, you’d feel like, “How did I miss that?”
What’s the legacy you would leave today if it were your last day on earth vs. the legacy you’d like to leave?”

These are just a few of the incredible highlights from our conversation. Rich has some AMAZING stories to share. You DO NOT want to miss this episode!

View Details

Admittedly the last 8 months have been rough on most of the world. Who could have imagined we’d be here, in a real-life pandemic? It’s straight out of a sci-fi movie.

We’ve been dealing with restrictions, lockdowns, isolation, and businesses closing, evolving, and changing on a dime. It hasn’t been easy…

But believe it or not, right NOW is one of the greatest opportunities in human history to actually amplify your capabilities using a concept Dan Sullivan and Mike Koenigs call “The Talent Stack.”

Today on the podcast they’ll let you in on exactly what “The Talent Stack” is and how you can use it to your advantage, but want they really want to share with you is how to make someone’s dream come true by being able to create “stacks” of value that have higher perceived value than you could ever imagine.

There are a few ways of thinking about this concept. First, imagine if you had the ability to stack value in a way to give your client, what feels like to them, more choices when in fact what you’re doing is putting them inside a container so they can only choose you.

It’s a way of thinking about your talents through the perspective of, how do you take value, put it in a container, then position it so you can charge 10 times more for what you’re doing by changing the way your prospective clients think.

Here’s a little backstory to give you some perspective. Recently Mike worked with a new client who designs supplement ingredients and proprietary, patented ingredients. (in the supplement world, if you get someone to use your ingredient, you get paid royalties) In his case, his products have been in billions of dollars of different products and services.

Come to find out, he’s been scheduled to be on the Joe Rogan podcast! (for anyone who isn’t familiar with Joe Rogan, he has about 10 million subscribers on YouTube and hundreds of millions of downloads. It’s in the top three of all podcasts in the world right now.)

It just so happens that Mike’s fantasized about being on the Joe Rogan podcast himself and he knew that his client being on Joe’s show was going to change his life FOREVER. Mike’s studied Joe and his show. He’s a guy who’s very specific. He wants great guests but you’ve really got to earn your way into his world and some of that has to do with having shared experiences, shared relationships, and shared values.

So Mike and his client sat down and watched some of Joe’s highest-rated episodes that had to do with personal development, personal growth, food, or nutrition and one thing that happens on Joe’s podcast with a great guest is they come in with props and gifts.

One big idea Mike came up with for his client’s appearance on Joe’s show was to order him a custom set of knives with a unique quote (that Joe said) on each one because Joe’s a hunter and eats what he kills. Hunting is a spiritual experience for Joe and this unique gift shows that he’s done his homework and has a shared value.

A deeper, more significant concept is an “artifact.” To explain…

Mike’s client is in the business of creating different kinds of supplements and nutritional products that you consume. So what they designed was a whole bunch of “stacks” that are good for you and meaningful to Joe. (like a longevity or gamer stack.)

When Mike’s client walks in with a box of super fascinating stacks, designed specifically for Joe that aren’t available anywhere else… how do you think Joe and his audience will react? It naturally shows off Mike’s client’s talents and skill set to the world and creates a deep bond and connection with Joe. It’s hyper personalized and packaged in a way that’s meaningful.

Mike’s client truly has a goal to improve the quality of mankind and to develop a relationship with Joe that is not manipulative or yucky. He wants to be asked back someday, right? These stacks will help him accomplish those goals.

To hear the rest of the podcast where they go deep into the definitions of “stacks,” like the bonding stack and the notion of creating an artifact, download and listen to this episode right now.

After you listen to the interview, leave Mike and Dan a message and let theme know what you think of this episode OR ask a question you’d like Dan or Mike to answer in an upcoming episode!

View Details

Do you have a list a mile long of stuff you NEED to get done but you keep procrastinating?

Your business and personal growth may DEPEND on you checking off those important things on the list but still… you can’t seem to get them done.

We ALL struggle with procrastination… but why? And how do you get past it so you can move forward and grow?

Today we talk about Dan’s latest book with Dr. Benjamin Hardy, “Who Not How.” The subtitle of the book is, “The formula to achieve bigger goals through accelerating teamwork,” and it’s a big idea that will completely change the way you think about getting things done.

The idea comes from a comment that Dean Jackson made during a podcast that he and Dan were doing about why people procrastinate. We have goals, we have a vision of who we can be in the future and we’re very excited about that vision but then we stop moving forward.

But WHY?

The reason is that you ask yourself, how can I accomplish this goal? This question brings up a weird response because if we had the ability to actually accomplish the goal, we would have accomplished it already. By the very nature of having a bigger and better goal, we’re going into territory where we probably don’t have all the capabilities we need.

So instead of saying, “how can I accomplish this goal,” you be should saying, “who can accomplish this with me or who can accomplish it for me.” You need to untrain youself from the natural way of thinking that you have to do all the steps to get to the goal and start thinking about who around you can help.

The WHY of the concept was so interesting that Dan turned it into a book.

The making of the book is a perfect example of his concept. Because Dan knows his strength is in the “ideas,” he brought together a team to bring the book together. Contributors, writers, book strategists, and deal negotiators all did their part and a new book was born.

It’s something Dan has been doing for the last 30-40 years of his career and the reason he publishes 4 books a year and NEVER suffers from procrastination.

To learn more about how to win the battle against procrastination and achieve bigger goals by building and using teams, listen to this episode right now then go grab your copy of Dan’s new book, “Who Not How” here!

After you listen to the interview, leave us a message and let us know what you think of this episode OR ask a question you’d like Dan or Mike to answer in an upcoming episode!

View Details

How do you get access to the unreachable? How do you become unforgettable?

That’s the focus of this episode of Capability Amplifier.

15 years ago, Mike Koenigs called a good friend who was buying three people $12,000 Rolex watches and thought he was crazy. "Why?" He asked! Keep reading or start listening...

You know that amazing, warm, fuzzy feeling you get when you receive or give a gift?

Did you know there’s a psychology and science behind gift-giving that could help you build incredibly strong business relationships, grow your business and make a ton of money?

Today on the Capability Amplifier podcast, Mike's special guest is John Ruhlin, the author of “Giftology: The Art and Science of Using Gifts to Cut Through the Noise, Increase Referrals, and Strengthen Retention.” John says that gratitude isn't a “woo-woo thing,” it's an ROI driver because “nobody cares about gifts, but we all care about relationships.”

John didn't grow up with a silver spoon in his mouth or in country clubs, in fact, it was the complete opposite. He’s a farm boy from Ohio who grew up milking goats and baling hay in a town of 417 people. Then his life completely changed because of a mentor.

When John was in college he had a girlfriend who’s dad, Paul, was this rainmaking attorney in a small town. When you're poor, you notice when people are generous and Paul was radically generous with everybody, whether it was the assistant, the janitor, or the CEO.

Paul would find deals on noodles and everybody at church the next Sunday would walk away with 200 cases of noodles and John would say to him, “that was $30,000 or $40,000! Are you nuts?” Paul would just smile. It wasn't tactical for him, it was just who he was. He exuded generosity and because of it, he owned oil wells, banks, real estate, and everybody came to him because he was the most liked, trusted, and top of mind person in the community.

John was selling Cutco knives at the time and decided to pitch Paul the idea of giving away pocket knives to all of his high-end clients. Paul didn’t like the idea of pocket knives but instead told John he wanted to order a bunch of his $100 paring knives. John was confused. He didn’t understand why Paul wanted to give a bunch of grown men and CEOs of billion-dollar companies a kitchen tool! What Paul told him next changed his life forever.

Paul said that after being in business for 35 years, he found that if you take care of the family in the business, everything else takes care of itself. It was at that point John had the epiphany that it wasn't about the silly knives. Paul understood that the knife was a delivery vehicle for an emotion. People loved and trusted Paul because he was always around even when he wasn't there because of gifts like this.

So John started mimicking Paul’s ideas and pitching to CEO’s of multi-million dollar companies. But rather than say “hey, I want to pitch you knives,” (because he’d be hung on real quick) he would mail these guys $300 carving sets with a handwritten note that said, “carve out five minutes for me,” and he’d get the meeting every time.

Inevitably when he’d walk into the board room for his meeting with guys in their 50’s and 60’s they’d be shocked at how young John was and they’d ask him, “Are you here to sell me knives?” John’s answer was always, “no, I'm here to help you and your thousand sales reps do exactly what I did to you and your top 10,000 relationships.”

Giftology: The Art and Science of Using Gifts to Cut Through the Noise, Increase Referrals, and Strengthen Retention

View Details

Imagine piloting a plane that’s 1000 miles away from land and your engine starts to fail… what do you do?

If you’re an entrepreneur, you can relate to this scenario because you're dealing with lots and lots of different “plane crashes” all the time, right?.

You need to be agile and change your focus to survive, especially in the climate we’re operating in right now, as a business leader and owner.

Our special guest on today’s Capability Amplifier is Ed Rush. He’s a good friend and former F-18 fighter pilot, entrepreneur, business coach and all around brilliant guy and someone we’ve worked with for 10 years.

Today we're going to be diving deep into all sorts of interesting stuff, including turning on a dime, creating regular content in shows and events and how the whole business (and life) climate has changed. We're also going to talk a bit about politics and getting attention in this crazy time (but not the kind of politics you're thinking about… politics and media.)

We didn’t pull the scenario of piloting a plane, being 1000 miles away from land and having your engine start to fail, out of thin air. It ACTUALLY HAPPENED to Ed. He was flying an F-18 fighter jet to Hickam Air Force Base in Hawaii when his engine literally started “eating itself” alive. Yikes!

Unless Ed did exactly what he needed to do, his plane would catch fire, explode, and he’d end up in some of the most shark infested waters in the world and a 2 day flight away from land. So he immediately pulled his engine back, shut it down and started emergency procedures.

Then what? How did he deal with the mental part? The first thing he did was take a BIG deep breath. Second, believe it or not, he smiled (because when you smile you’re telling yourself everything is going to be okay,) and third he did the next, most logical thing he needed to do to get himself to his destination... (You’ll have to listen to the whole episode to hear what that was!)

The lesson is that sometimes, life deals you problem after problem after problem and the tendency is to throw your hands up and quit, but if you simply breathe, smile and take the next most logical step to get you to your destination, you can get to where you need to go.

We're in the middle of 2020. Arguabley, the most volatile and STRANGE business year in the history of business years. Now is a really great time to smile and take the next, most logical step to get you to your destination because there WILL BE be some major winners that emerge from this insanity.

Right now we’re seeing some of the greatest opportunities in history, the greatest wealth transfer, and certainly the greatest shift in power. It’s not good or bad or right or wrong but what you make of it.

For the last 10 years we have been communicating to a world that fell asleep. We've got two parties that have droned people into submission. People have been watching things that are essentially boring them to death and all of a sudden in March of 2020, the world woke up.

Both Ed and Mike have sold more products, training, coaching and events in the last few months than they have in the last two years combined and it's because people have finally broken out of their stupor. When times are certain, people get complacent but when times are UNcertain people invest in speed and reinvention, and this is where we're at right now. So if you're a business owner, smile, because the opportunities presented to you when you can adjust quickly are incredible.

Being able to pivot on a dime, change your direction and focus according to what’s happening in the world around you is a HUGE part of being successful. It’s a skill every entrepreneur needs to master.

To find out exactly how Ed landed his plane safely and survived that super scary moment PLUS how he took this l...

View Details

Two words and one 3x5 card that pitched and closed one of the most recognizable TV shows from the 1980s in seconds ... what was it?
What's the fastest way to stand out, be distinctive, get attention, and be referable in six seconds or less?

On the latest episode, you’re going to meet Scott McKain. He’s done everything from playing the villain in a Werner Herzog film that Roger Ebert called one of the 50 great movies in cinema history, to being booked to speak by Arnold Schwarzenegger for an event on the White House lawn with the president in the audience, to being the author of business books named among the year’s ten best.

Scott’s matchless experiences make him one of the world’s most in-demand business experts and speakers. He’s known as the ultimate customer experience and distinction expert, and he's developed a system for standing out, getting attention, and being what I call “a category of one.”

Today, we're going to talk about how the four cornerstones of distinction—Clarity, Creativity, Communication, and a Customer Experience Focus—can help you create distinction for your business in a hyper-competitive marketplace.

Scott and I have very similar philosophies and both come from small towns in the Midwest. Scott’s folks ran the local grocery store. His first experience in business was watching how his mom and dad ran the store and how his dad fought against the big box supermarket chain after they came to town.

Later, Scott got involved in a student organization where he became State President, then National Officer, which led to a chance to take two years off of college to travel and speak. By the time he was 21, he had been in the Oval Office with a president and a private meeting with the chairman of General Motors in their boardroom in Detroit.

He continued to get involved with organizations and was invited to speak about what he had learned throughout his journey. He then started his own small business and realized there were things that big corporations were teaching their teams that he needed in his small business.

Then he went through a personal tragedy. His wife became ill with cancer, and he shut down his business for a period of time to be her caregiver before she died.

When he got back to the business and tried to relaunch, he went to his customers (mostly speakers bureaus) and asked them a very important question for any entrepreneur: “When you refer me to a right-fit prospect, what do you say?” And the number one answer was, “Scott is a good speaker and a nice guy.” His clients thought that was a great recommendation, but it was actually the kiss of death.

The VP of sales of Porsche doesn’t want a “really nice guy” speaking at his yearly event. He wants content, he wants meat, he wants meaning, so Scott set out to discover how he could stand out among the plethora of speakers and authors. He started researching and creating case studies of highly successful entrepreneurs and what they were doing.

So, what does it take to stand out in a hyper-competitive marketplace?

The customers you attract will always be of greater value than the customers you pursue. No one is ever attracted to “generic.” You attract exactly whom you deserve, which is based upon the kind of energy you're sending out into the world and your language patterns. If you come from a desperate or cheap perspective, those are the types of clients you’re going to attract.

View Details

Have you ever wondered how to charge $50,000, $250,000, $500,000, or MORE for a professional service or product?

Or how to go from getting paid for doing to getting paid for knowing to getting paid for actually BEING?

How do you sell something like that? Influence a prospect? What IS the enrollment process? What kind of questions do you have to ask for people to raise their hands and say, “I've been looking for someone just like you, I already know I want to work with you, and how do we start working together right now?”

This episode is special because it’s my first solo episode. I'm going to teach you everything I've learned about inﬂuence persuasion and enrolling high-ticket clients over the last 30 years in about 40 minutes.

All of this and more, including how to go from a face-to-face business to a virtualized, digitized, and de-materialized business. Plus, I share how to scale it with your sales team.

Over the last 30 years, I have personally sold over $60 million worth of products and services online and face to face. That includes scaling businesses and teams. Today, I’m going to share exactly how I did it, starting with how I have been working with Dan Sullivan in Strategic Coach®, doing something Dan calls the Free Zone Frontier. (If you're not familiar with that, deﬁnitely check out what the Free Zone Frontier is in this previous episode.)

Dan and I started a project with the idea that he wanted to generate a minimum of 100 leads per week for his sales team that were pre-qualiﬁed hand raisers wanting to enroll in one of his three programs. He also wanted me to be able to teach and make this system viable for other participants in Strategic Coach.

All of this came from a moment Dan and I had together that we call the Civitas Moment (We talked about this in another past episode called The Best Pitch You've Ever Heard. If you haven't already, deﬁnitely check it out.) It’s the equivalent of saying, “I love you” in the world of sales and marketing when someone shows up saying, “I already know I want to work with you. How do we start working together? It feels like I've been looking for someone just like you forever!”

In the old days of traditional sales, it took many, many follow-ups and a number of connections to close a deal, but I say BullSh#@ to that. I think it's important to get your marketing and messaging nailed and be able to create a replicable and scalable system, and then add automation to do the tedious, repetitive work.

In this episode, I’ll guide you through all the most important stuff I’m doing with Dan and a lot of my clients inside the Superpower Accelerator Program. Plus, I'll give you actionable steps to take to grow and move forward. Enjoy!

View Details

Imagine having clients BEGGING to work with you and saying things like, “I've been looking for someone like you forever! How can I work with you right now?

Imagine being able to find BIG opportunities that produce tons of money for really long periods of time.

Today on the show we’ll reveal new thinking to manifest money (even during a global pandemic) and Dan and I will share some big work that we've been doing for the Strategic Coach organization that you can model in your own business.

This episode includes a model, process and brainstorming tool my team and I call “Content Parties” that help you solve your biggest business challenges. I like to think of it as how to make a movie starring YOU (or your prospect) AS THE HERO by turning ideas into words that can move mountains.

Strategic Coach is in its 31st year and in a new realm because they've recently entered the virtual world. Part of what I’ve done to help Strategic Coach pivot and adapt to the new world order is a lot of analysis and plugging in of its history and data to output knowledge about their perfect market and how to target it specifically.

What we've also had to do is take several departments who have been operating a certain way for a very long time, (and let's just face it... after 31 years in business every organization has a way of thinking that gets in its own way) and create conversations amongst those departments to have the same goals and ultimately craft stories to attract right fit customers.

The end result is something every business wants and needs. It's the “civitas moment” where people show up at your doorstep, virtually or digitally, raising their hands saying, “I already know I want to work with you, how do I register right now? It feels like I've been looking for someone just like you forever, why haven't we met before?”

Strategic Coach is in a beautiful place right now where they're making their programs available virtually, not just physically. Historically the experience happens in quarterly, one day meetings where people fly in from all over the world. Obviously, right now that’s not possible but I believe we're sitting on the opportunity to double Strategic Coach’s size!

To learn how to use “Content Parties” to create a deeper connection and community with your best customers, listen to this episode right now! We’ll also show you how to use referrals to get the BEST leads.

More information on the new Strategic Coach Virtual Program is right here.

View Details

What’s the “Golden Thread” that unites front stage and backstage, or sales and fulfillment of a successful business?
Think about the customer’s journey ... all of the team stakeholders … sales, program advisors, coaches, etc.

How can a business leader ensure that there’s a “through line” so everyone is on the same page even though they all have different motives, incentives, and compensation plans?

It’s the exact OPPOSITE of bureaucracy. It’s collaboration and partnerships that produce massive value.

This week on the show, Dan and I talk about something that fascinates both of us, and that is, “What is the opposite of bureaucracy?” It’s something we call the “Golden Thread.” In other words, something valuable that’s held together by the thread, which is collaboration and partnerships.

In a way, that's what a great “Simplifier-Multiplier” collaboration is all about. Go back and listen to our last episode to get all the details of a Simplifier-Multiplier relationship. This episode is a continuation of that.

Dan and I have a challenge for you: We’d like for you to reflect on what brings you more joy when you're working. Do you like taking complicated, confusing things that have way too many steps and making them very simple? OR do you see something really simple that's more effective than anything you've ever seen before, but you don't want to improve on it, you just want to get it out to as many people as possible?

That's the essence of what Simplifier-Multiplier teamwork is. It's where one person is really good at producing something that's simpler, easier, cheaper, better, and another person sees it and says, “Let's get this out into the world!”

Then it really comes down to using the Four Ms: Market, Model, Message, and Medium.

Market: You need to know who you're getting the product out to.
Model: How are you going to monetize it? What’s your business model?
Message: How are you going to communicate a package of value? What are you saying to your audience?
Medium: Refers to the platform or avenue through which you will be talking to your target audience.

There are also three subcategories to the Four Ms that I jokingly call, “Get Paid, Get Laid, Live Forever.”

Get Paid: Make more money (or time compression).
Get Laid: Become more attractive to an audience.
* Live Forever: Sell your audience increased health, vitality, or quality of life.

In the case of Strategic Coach®, the “get paid” part is achieved through time compression and multiplication. They also promise their participants that they’ll have more freedom, a better lifestyle, and be able to do more, which makes them more attractive and covers the “get laid” part. And, finally, they’ll have a higher quality of life, which covers the “live forever” part.

To hear about how I transformed my own 30+ year business from the first days of going at it blindly with brute force and no structure to the refined, simplified, value-driven business it is today, listen to the whole episode right now!

View Details

Have you ever had a “tingle moment”?
You know ... the moment of alignment when inspiration between two different minds meet?

It sort of feels like God is sprinkling fairy dust on your brain, and you know what you just heard is exactly what you need to do and it's going to produce massive results in your life.

What if you could create that moment whenever you wanted?

On the show this week, Dan Sullivan and I tackle the topic of how to create a perfect Simplifier-Multiplier moment. Funnily enough, Dan and I are really good examples of a Simplifier (Dan) and a Multiplier (me). But these are not personality types; they’re operating modes.

If you're a Simplifier, you don't have to work at simplifying. You have to work at being Multiplier-friendly.

Dan and I have been immersed in the entrepreneurial world for decades. Sometimes, entrepreneurs can be described as weird or outsiders, but when you get to know them, you notice that they just operate differently.

Over the years, we've witnessed two completely different operating modes for entrepreneurs.

One of them is a Simplifier. The Simplifier wants to take complexity and make it simple. This is an inward movement. The Simplifier goes inward and takes something that has a lot of different working parts and reduces it to the bare minimum number of steps that would enable people to do something much more easily.

The Multiplier, on the other hand, takes a simple thing and gets it out into the world, which is an outward movement. I am a 100% MULTIPLIER. If you track my 30+ year career, everything I’ve done is about getting attention, building audiences and platforms, and monetizing them.

What’s important is for Simplifiers and Multipliers to learn how to communicate with each other in a collaborative way. That's one of the key things when you talk about the Free Zone Frontier: the perfect Free Zone Frontier partners are a Simplifier and a Multiplier who both have businesses and come together to create a competition-free zone.

Something that has become very, very clear to Dan and me after years of being entrepreneurs and training other entrepreneurs is that if you're a Simplifier, you don't need lessons on how to simplify things because you do it naturally.

You don't really have to motivate yourself to be what you are. What you have to motivate yourself to do is to be friendly to the other side. In other words, if I'm a Simplifier, then my main job is to be really friendly to a Multiplier.

Are you familiar with “The Four M’s” (Market, Model, Message, and Medium)? When you understand how to implement the framework of “The Four M’s,” any problem can be solved. Always rely on a framework to simplify the complex anytime you feel overwhelmed or confused.

Dan is a Simplifier. What he brings to the table is that he can look at an activity that produces value and break it down into the simplest number of steps and put context around it. He’s been helping entrepreneurs simplify their way of being successful for almost 50 years now.

When you put the two of us together, add systems, and show people how to do what we do … the possibilities for success in both business and life are endless!
Text “more” to 858.434.5316 for transcripts of this episode.
If you like powerful conversations with strong opinions and elevated answers, leave us a message, rate, review, and share!

View Details

“There’s way too much on my plate...” “I’ve got WAY too much stuff going on...” “My wife’s already all over me...” “I already travel too much…” “I can’t spend time away from my family…” “My business won’t function without me!”
These are the most common sales objections you’ll get once you get past price.

Today, we’re going to dissect the most common sales challenges you’ll hear AND give you word-for-word scripts, plus a link where you can download the transcripts and adapt them to your business, no matter what your product or service is.

You’re also going to learn a big idea called “The Mary Kay Close.” It’s how you can get ANYone to want more of you!

A few other BIG sales objections we’ll cover on this episode:

“I’m uncertain about the economy in the near future.”
“I’m not sure I can commit to this.”
Before, during, and after framing.
What to say when people ask for a payment plan.
How to differentiate your service offerings from other masterminds.

Another tool of great importance in building a super successful business is gathering client testimonials and transformation stories.

When Marissa and I work with our one-on-one clients doing “Vision Days” for SuperPower Accelerator, one of the things we want from every single person we work with is for them to be able to share a transformational journey.

In other words:

Tell me a story about the best client you’ve ever had.
What was the before, during, and after story?
What was life like before your product and service?
What was the experience like of going through the process or consuming the product?
What is life like now?

One of the ways we gather testimonials is by interviewing past clients and trusted advisors and asking them these questions. Another great method is to ask them to make a short video using their phone.

We teach them how to do this by giving them a little video describing how to get the best quality and overcome their fear of being on camera (even though it’s only their phone) to tell their story and then submit it back to us.

That can be the most effective way to overcome an objection—by sharing someone’s real and authentic transformational story, or just being able to tell their personal journey.

What’s important is that you reflect a client’s experience back to a prospect in their own language. When you’re projecting your own perspective, your own language patterns, your own vocabulary on someone, it feels inauthentic and unnatural. That’s one of the core ways that salespeople lose their clients right away. They’re not speaking from an empathic point of view.

Demonstrating empathy and compassion is one of the key secrets to getting people to raise their hand and have that moment of, “Wow, it feels like you’re speaking directly to me! You know me. I really appreciate that.”

To hear our best responses to any and ALL sales objections, plus the rest of our really BIG ideas including the “Mary Kay Close,” watch the video on YouTube or download and listen to the audio right now.

After you listen to the interview, leave me a message and let me know what you think of this episode OR ask a question you’d like Dan or me to answer in an upcoming episode!

View Details

“That costs too much money...” “It’s WAY too expensive...” “I don’t have the cash right now…” “What’s the return on investment?” What about, “I’m not going to pay $10,000, $15,000 or $20,000, for a virtual program! I expect an in-person experience.”
What are the biggest sales objections you and your team are getting consistently that block the big sale? How frustrating is it when you realize you’ve lost a potential client because they ghost you?

I’ll tell you why you keep getting these same objections. It’s because you’re not asking enough questions. And that’s what this episode is all about: gathering the right data so that you can present the right information and never feel like you’re in that pushy/salesy/yucky mode. Instead, your potential clients will be pulled into you, experiencing the moment where they say, “Wow, I already know I want to work with you—how do we start? I’ve been looking for someone just like you for a long time!”

Today, I’d also like to introduce you to someone super special! Her name is Marissa Brassfield and you may know her because she worked with Peter Diamandis for years, helping build the Abundance 360 Community and the “Strike Force Team” that supported it.

A while back, she left that organization and decided to evolve, grow, and build her own career, and we decided to start working together. Together, we created the Superpower Accelerator, which is a boutique experience where we help people build their brands and platforms.

The biggest challenge most businesses have is that their messaging is off.

It’s why prospects don’t connect and convert.

Consistently having a great sales message that gets someone to enroll and pre-qualifies them, and being able to repeat that same messaging over and over again, is super important. Knowing that your sales team actually says the same things, tells the same stories, and is prepared with responses to all of the biggest objections to working with you would be invaluable, right?

On this podcast, we share the deep psychology that has been proven to work. It’s the same exact system I’m building inside Strategic Coach with Dan Sullivan and his team—part of what Dan calls the Free Zone Frontier Program.

If you’re ever in a situation where you need to have a sales conversation, whether it’s live or virtual, the first thing you need to ask is “The Dan Sullivan Question":

“If you and I were meeting three years from today, what needs to have happened in your life, both personally and professionally, for you to feel satisfied with your progress?”

This will enable you to get inside the head and psyche of the person, learn A LOT about them and their values, and truly understand where they are in their lives.

If you’re talking to someone who is already financially successful and secure, they’re going to have VERY different answers from someone who is a first-time entrepreneur, perhaps fresh out of college, in debt or dealing with discovering themselves and their identity.

When you’re armed with this information, it enables you to direct the sales conversation and perfectly personalize your offer to them.

Next is the D.O.S.® question (Dangers, Opportunities, and Strengths).

Ask your prospect:
1 - What are the dangers that you and your business are facing right now?
2 - What opportunities are in front of you that you cannot take advantage of because you don’t have the right team, resources, capital, or capabilities?

View Details

But as AMAZING as it sounds, Sheri says, “It was not a straight shot by any means! I think that when people hear about a 20-year career with Oprah Winfrey, it sounds like I just left college and sailed right into Harpo studios and started climbing up the ladder. But the truth is, I did not start at The Oprah Winfrey Show until I was 35 years old, in an entry-level position.”

Over her 20+ career, Sheri was privy to EVERYTHING that was pitched to Oprah, and she’s used that knowledge to expand her depth with regard to her own business and passions—from diet trends to celebrity drama, fitness crazes and spiritual movements. Sheri had access to many of the secrets that passed through Oprah’s studios, and today we uncover what those professional lessons did for Sheri and her business, and what it can do for YOU TOO!

Sheri shares with me what happened to her personally through her journey. During her professional career, she LOST herself; gained and lost 40, 60, and 100 pounds; smoked cigarettes; didn’t marry or have children; and when she made the decision to leave the show, she began her REAL journey to find herself again.

THIS is a story of reinvention over 50 — RELEASING A LIFETIME OF SHAME AND SADNESS.

Some of the best takeaways from this episode:

How to use life’s “Magical Glasses” and how that can lead you to fast life transformations and reinventions.
How to see a story in someone and how to use that story to teach and connect deeply to an audience.
What TRULY made the Oprah Show work.
What running a BILLION dollar media company was like, and the secret to producing 100+ shows a year FOR DECADES.
How we are “curators of our own reality” — and how to use that to increase your consciousness.
How to intentionally create the most magical moments in your life and how to utilize those to shape your mission.
* The power in taking simple actions to make the biggest moves that produce the most significant results.

Grab of copy of Sheri’s book, The Beautiful No: And Other Tales of Trial, Transcendence, and Transformation, check out her podcast, The Sheri + Nancy Show, and visit her website at the www.ThePillarLife.com.

The Beautiful No: And Other Tales of Trial, Transcendence, and Transformation

View Details

Are you still skeptical, confused, and scared about how to move forward with your business, life, and relationships in a post-COVID world
What if you could connect and collaborate with people you wouldn’t normally have access to? I’m talking about HUNDREDS of high-level, qualified, motivated, potential clients.

How would that change your business? Or your LIFE? Think about the potential opportunity for networking, scaling, and leveling up!

This week is about collaborating, enrolling, and selling in a post-COVID world. Dan Sullivan and I share our best Zoom meeting practices and how you can use them too. More importantly ... how you can think bigger.

Dan has had the great opportunity to completely change the way Strategic Coach® delivers its one-of-a-kind content using Zoom. He has done over 100 group presentations and meetings, and I’ve been using the platform for years to enroll clients and customers. In fact, so much so that my rule is, I don't do anything over the phone. I haven’t in years.

Although Dan had been using Zoom for five years, he had never done BIG virtual meetings with his Strategic Coach entrepreneurs before, so when the opportunity presented itself, they went for it.

In an effort to make the Zoom meetings as valuable as possible, they decided to introduce a thinking process they used in their in-person workshops. They start with three quick questions that the entrepreneurs write about for two or three minutes and then they go into Zoom’s breakout rooms. The breakout rooms are terrific because they get everybody in a conversational mode and it’s done randomly so people don’t know which room they’re going to end up in. It’s a chance for people to interact, chat, brainstorm, network, and bounce ideas off of each other. It’s been a knockout success.

Here’s the thing ... I love traveling to the Strategic Coach workshops. I like the physical experience of them. But the convenience and efficiency of the Zoom meetings is really great. I’ve loved the connection with different people. I’ve built relationships with folks that I hadn’t met or talked to before so it’s been a very valuable experience for me.

The virtualized Strategic Coach experiences coincided with the introduction of the “Simplifier/Multiplier” concept, which is a collaborative concept. The basic thesis, for those who haven’t heard of it before, is that there’s one activity that you love over another activity.

Let’s say that you’re someone who likes taking complexity and simplifying it, and that’s been the key to your entrepreneurial success. In other words, you’ve come up with simpler solutions to problems that are in the marketplace. That would make you a “Simplifier.”

Or maybe you’ve made your living out of finding new simplifiers and expanding them through your Multiplier networks. You’re a “Multiplier.” I’m a Multiplier. My career has always been about growing and monetizing audiences.

Oftentimes, Multipliers hang out with Multipliers because they’re “idea people” who enjoy bouncing ideas off of one another. The problem with that is that Multipliers don’t often complete things. But if they get together with a Simplifier, stuff gets DONE.

Are you familiar with the personality tool called Human Design? Listen to this episode to hear what Dan’s and my Human Design types are and how this tool can be SUPER helpful in building your business and choosing your “right fit” clients. Enjoy!

View Details

What’s your favorite country? Favorite location? What’s your favorite CURRENCY?

How would you like an audience of clients from all over the world? Singapore? Paris? Dubai? Japan? New Zealand? Sweden? India? Israel?

Dan Sullivan and I both love to see new trends emerge and watch old ones end but the best is when we get to actually CREATE trends, and that’s what we’ll dive into today on the podcast.

And in this episode, you’re going to learn why we have NOTHING to fear from China or any other country or their currency, and how to prepare yourself for a bigger and better future and world.

Ok, I’m going to say something wildly unpopular, so brace yourself ... I’ve LOVED COVID.

Don’t get your panties in a bunch—I have a very good reason. I’ve loved hibernating. I’ve loved the simplicity of life. I’ve had more client activity than I could ever imagine, and a lot of things I’ve been talking about for years and years have happened three to ten times faster than I anticipated because of this pandemic.

And, full disclosure: I’ve had a record number of new client engagements and enrollments from all over the world. Singapore. Europe. India. Canada. Alaska.

It seems everyone wants (and needs) help figuring out how to digitize, virtualize, and dematerialize their business and find ways to automate their business, marketing, and sales.

And I’m taking U.S. dollars and Bitcoin as payment.

That leads us to the tactical part of our conversation today. As business owners and business leaders, how can we tap into international audiences? Dan brought up Mexico specifically, which is something I’m really fascinated by.

What we call the global society, global capitalism, and the global market are the result of decisions made by one country (the U.S.) that has the greatest military in the history of the world. The U.S. also has the biggest consumer market anywhere in the world. Practically anything you want to create someplace else in the world, Americans will buy it.

The other thing that’s very, very powerful is that U.S. currency is actually the only currency in the world.

Everything else is just an investment that you hope works out against the U.S. dollar and that’s because 100% of all commodity trades in the world are done in U.S. dollars. All trade coming out of China and all trade going into China is done in U.S. dollars. Ask the drug and weapons dealers what their preferred currency is. It’s the U.S. dollar.

But historically, the U.S. has always been the seller. As Dan says, the seller is someone who can get rejected. The buyer is the person who does the rejecting. So it makes sense that you always want to be the buyer, right?

In 1945, the U.S. decided that they would sell the rest of the world on the idea that making war with each other was bad. They did this to repair their economies and to get into what became a global economy. They sold the rest of the world that if they use lots of energy, all the energy would be safely protected.

The American people didn’t profit that very much from it (in fact, they lost all their factories to places overseas), starting when the Soviet Union collapsed in 1991. It was one of the greatest geopolitical events in history that nobody talked about because they didn’t want things to change, as the U.S. had created a really wonderful world.

Now, we think, Americans have fundamentally come to a decision. They’re not going to be the seller anymore; they’re going to be the buyer. They’re going to focus on their own economy, and if you want to be part of the game, make us an offer, and we’ll consider it.

That brings us back to Mexico. The U.S. has looked at all their supply chains around the world and said anything that requires high technology comes back...

View Details

I’m ready to focus on all of the good that’s come out of the last few months. How about you?

It takes a VERY special person to be able to see the opportunities in something as devastating as a global pandemic, but those who take action and turn those opportunities into something unique are the brave ones.

What if YOU could be that brave person?

This week, Dan and I are talking about how to amplify possibilities, increase your luck, and see massive potential on a local and global scale.

We’ll also cover some of the BIG IDEAS we see coming out of this cycle of one of the most disruptive times in human history and how you can find the opportunities to accelerate, create incredible leverage, AND use some of the tools that come from Dan’s and my personal arsenals.

Dan recently spoke with author and geopolitical strategist Peter Zeihan about what’s currently happening in the world. Peter predicts movements in the world’s economy and has written some very provocative books. Dan asked him, “What impact does this crisis have on your predictions?” His answer: “Everything is going to happen faster than I predicted.”

One of the things he was predicting is that this is officially the end of the Second World War. What he meant by that is, at the end of the Second World War, there was only one country that had the military and financial power to organize the rest of the world, allowing the rebuilding of many places that had been destroyed at the center. That was the Soviet Union.

The Soviet Union was the one country supervising and protecting the rest of the world. It got to the point where the Soviet Union suddenly dropped out of the game and everybody wanted the U.S. to take over protecting and financing the rest of the world. That became a big political problem in the U.S. because a significant number of American voters asked, “Why are we paying for any of this?” That's where we are right now.

Let’s look at this through the lens of time. Imagine for a moment that aliens were observing the Earth at this moment, paying attention to our behaviors and trying to make sense of them with no basis, just observing. What they would probably say is, “There's a little ‘bug’ going around and people are dying.”

This might not be a popular thing to say, BUT we know now that lot of those numbers are probably the same as what's been going on for a long time in terms of deaths from the regular flu. Those who are sick or old and practicing bad behaviors, meaning not taking care of their physical bodies, are dying a little bit faster, but it's a blip in the grand scheme of things. Listen … I am not tone-deaf to those who may have lost loved ones during this crisis, and I'm not trying to make a value judgment. I just think that in the future, when we look at the numbers, we'll see what happened as a statistical anomaly.

I believe that much of this “crisis” has been politically motivated and more about power and money than reason or thought.

What is interesting is the opportunity that exists to rebuild the world inside your mind. Instead of building bridges and infrastructure, think about building your inner strength, becoming more resilient and strong for the inevitable changes that are going to happen, and being prepared mentally to innovate, manifest, create, and collaborate.

I believe that the power struggle that's been going on, the massive power grabs, are going to be manipulated and used to create more regulation that probably will not be pro-business and certainly will not be pro-growth. That's my gut speaking.

Our goal is to see through that garbage to see the positive opportunities; create courage, capabilities, amplification, and more leverage; and also be able to interpret what Peter and other economists observe, both locally and globally.

View Details

The last three months have been unprecedented and unsettling to say the least, wouldn’t you agree? The entire world has changed FOREVER in almost every imaginable way in just the blink of an eye.

But rather than freaking out, wouldn’t it be amazing if you could embrace the changes and use them to benefit and improve, not only your personal life but your business as well?

Think about it... people’s values and habits have changed. How is that going to affect the economy, business, buying behaviors, the value of talent, and other things? It’s truly extraordinary.

Dan Sullivan and I really dig in on this podcast to talk about the importance of virtualizing, digitizing, and dematerializing our businesses, and how the ones that DON’T are already on the mass extinction list.

Let’s start with Dan’s business, Strategic Coach, which has traditionally been an “in-person” experience (for over 30 years). In a matter of a few days, he took the entire operation VIRTUAL and IT WORKS. It was a really big deal, but he and his team put their noses to the grindstone and made it happen.

They conducted their first Zoom mini-workshop and it was a huge success. Since then, they’ve done 100 more Zoom workshops and, recently, for the first time, they had their first sales presentation on Zoom to fill their London UK workshops. So far, so good!

The funny thing is, if you would have talked to his clients three months ago and said, “Hey, would you accept Strategic Coach as a virtual event?” a lot of them would have said, “No way! There isn’t the same level of value or intimacy and connection.”

There are lots of members that I know personally that thought their businesses were completely over because they were 100% dependent on live events to get new customers. But ... they sucked it up, they virtualized their businesses, and guess what! Their “show up” rates have been higher, their conversion rates have been about the same or better, and the intimacy level in the perception of connection has, in fact, been higher as well.

Bottom line: more income, less work, fewer expenses, no travel, and MORE INTIMACY AND CONNECTION!

I’ve been doing this for years; I flat out refuse to have enrollment or sales conversations unless we do a Zoom call. The reason for that is I demand to own the eyeballs, the fingers, and the ears of anyone I’m talking to. I don’t accept multitasking. If I can hear someone ruffling around with papers while we’re on a phone call, I simply end the conversation and say, “If this is the way you treat important things in your life, then we are not a match.”

It’s a matter of how you value someone’s time and attention.

I’m in the business of ruthlessly eliminating chaos, overwhelm, and low-frequency and low-quality relationships.

Dan and I agree that the face of business has completely changed forever. Time and distance are no longer an issue, and we’re able to get an enormous amount of stuff done. We believe business has made five years of change in about three months.

View Details

I Interview My Wife And Biggest Capability Amplifier

Real talk: right now, life seems unpredictable, uncertain, and uneasy for a lot of people. In our current COVID-19 world, we’re dealing with things that none of us have ever dealt with before.

But what’s coming next? How do we prepare? How are we going to cope, stay sane, and move forward?

This week’s Capability Amplifier podcast is a very special one for me. I sat down with my wife, Vivian Glyck, as we celebrated our 19th wedding anniversary in the mountains of Idyllwild, CA, to talk about family, our son, our future together, our dreams, dealing with conflict, and life after COVID.

Vivian and I are both in an interesting state of reinvention and transformation right now, as I suspect most of you are with the virtualization, digitization, and dematerialization that’s going on. (Vivian, specifically, is in a really fascinating turning point in her life and career.)

On top of this, our son, Zak, just graduated from high school in the midst of COVID, which meant no ceremony or celebration. Weird. AND we had our first real confrontation as father and son. I had to get really, really firm to establish whose house this is and what behaviors are acceptable in our home. That was a really big deal for us.

Vivian has run a non-profit, philanthropic organization for 14 years called the Just Like My Child Foundation. It was founded after the birth of our son, Zak, and two subsequent miscarriages (the whole story is in the interview).

She was so passionate about the potential of children that she thought, “How could it be that there are children who are just like my child that live or die based on where they’re born in the world?”

As she educated herself about the health and well being of children around the world, one thing led to another and she ended up in Uganda, East Africa. The very first night she was there, she watched a 14-year-old girl die in childbirth at a hospital. The girl left behind a very vulnerable infant baby girl, who was named Baby Christina, in the care of the baby’s grandmother who was also vulnerable, uneducated, and didn’t have the means to care for her.

Fast forward. Just Like My Child Foundation did a lot of work to build hospitals, schools, and so on, and very quickly realized that nothing would change unless they interceded in the life of an adolescent girl before she fell off track and was forced into child marriage like that baby’s mother was. As her knowledge about international development grew, she realized that there are 100 million girls who are out of school like Baby Christina’s mother was.

Thus, the Girl Power Project® was born. The Girl Power Project is a replicable program that has been scientifically proven to change the belief system that girls have about themselves and enables them to get the community support they need to stay in school, have their legal rights enforced, and become leaders in their world. It’s an empowerment training program that takes place over a two-year period.

Vivian has been able to reach well over 20,000 kids and 200,000 community members. Just Like My Child has saved thousands and thousands of lives. But what they’re focused on now is how to take this work global so that every girl in the world has access to this information in a way that has massive impact and transformation.

And let’s face it. If more women were involved in leadership, what we’re seeing now in the way this pandemic and worldwide health issue is going down, the response, plan, and solution would be very, very different.

View Details

In the very first episode that started it all, Dan Sullivan and Mike Koenigs set out to help you expand your business and your personal life, and provide helpful tips, ideas, and strategies with examples to get you there.

Every human being has a natural desire to increase their capability, however possible. As someone increases their skills over time, they don’t always perceive their own value as having increased as much as their customers’ perception of their value has.

The truth is, if you double your prices and get better customers, you’ll have more time to think, create, and manifest.

A worldwide survey showed that when organized by profitability, the bottom 80% of customers that accounting firms worked with were actually costing the firms money to work with them. By dropping the bottom 80% of your clients, you not only free yourself from something unprofitable and uninteresting, it also lets you jump into bigger opportunities and play a bigger game.

Looking at your most profitable clients, figure out what activities you love doing most and if there could be a business in doing only that. This formula can be applied to anything. So ask questions that reveal what someone is interested in and passionate about and, more importantly, what they see value in and where there’s a history of repeated value.

In any capital-intensive, evolutionary, entrepreneurial business, you’ll either outgrow your customers or your customers will outgrow you. You have to decide to elevate, escalate, and evolve on an ongoing basis. If you admire someone else’s growth, and they reciprocate, the relationship will last forever.

View Details

Welcome to Part 2 of my interview with the incomparable Dean Jackson. During this episode, we discuss removing your mental blocks in order to get more quality referrals without feeling gross about how you got them.

We show you how to build an army of referral partners and grow customer relationships, and we provide lots of tips and strategies that Dean has never shared before. Let’s get into it!

Dean has been fascinated by referrals for a very long time, and it’s something he’s spent many years studying. He sees the practical applications of “how to orchestrate referrals.”

Through his study, Dean figured out that “the reason that people often don’t get as many referrals as they could is because they have a mental block about asking for them.”

They think that’s what they’re doing. They’re actually asking for referrals, and as soon as you say that, you’ve automatically put it in the category of “somebody is doing a favor for you.”

But that’s not at all what’s happening. That’s not why people refer.

A lot of times, people who are business owners or service people feel reluctant to ask for or even bring up referrals because it feels like showing weakness or it feels like they’re saying, “I can’t get business on my own and I need you to help me,” so they block themselves.

Let’s clear up this misconception right now. The reason that people refer anything is not as a favor to you, but as a favor to their friend. They want their friend to have the result or the experience that they had. And the only way they’ll do that is if they feel that you are definitely going to make them look good because what they want out of it is to feel good. And how they feel good is when they recommend something to somebody and are acknowledged later for having recommended it.

There’s no difference between this and the way we recommend books, restaurants, and movies. We are social creatures. We’re genetically wired and predisposed to share good things with our “tribe.” It goes back to our tribal instincts, and the reason we formed a society was so that we could pool together for raising the quality of life and the productivity of the whole group—everybody using their strengths and what they’re good at for the benefit of everybody.

There’s a motivation that Dean calls the secret psychology of why people refer. It’s that moment when I recommend something to you that you have never heard of, and it brings value to you and you acknowledge that value. What happens is, for that moment, I am now at a higher status in the tribe than you are. It raises my status right away because I’m bringing value.

If I’m a taker, I’m not bringing value; I’m not contributing anything new and that puts my position in the tribe in jeopardy. We’re wired to continually add value among our friends and closest people. We want to do that.

Now, we need to look at the mechanics of how referrals actually happen to bring it down to something actionable. What Dean has discovered is that all referrals happen as a result of conversation, and in those conversations, three things have to happen.

First, the person needs to notice that the conversation is about your category of business. Second, they have to think about you. And third, they have to introduce you to the person they had the conversation with. These three things all have to fire in order for a referral to take place.

For example, Dean used to do big real estate seminars all over the country and had the opportunity to do live testing. He would ask 10 people to stand up and tell the story of the last referral they got. A typical scenario and response would look like this: “I got a call from Joan who said that she was friends with my client Bill,

View Details

It’s no secret that the world is changing rapidly, requiring us to adapt and pivot in ALL areas of life, especially if you’re an entrepreneur or business owner. Virtualizing your business is more important now than ever before.
What does it take to transition your business and teams to work remotely and efficiently? How do you reframe your offers in a way that you can deliver without coming into direct, physical contact?

RIGHT NOW could be the greatest opportunity you and your business have ever seen. Chaos and confusion can translate into establishing your leadership, creativity, and innovation skills that your clients and customers will remember you for in the decades to come.

My guest on the show this week, Dean Jackson, is excited about what we’re seeing right now AND what the future holds for business and marketing.

Dean fell in love with marketing as a young boy when he first realized that selling stuff on commission was way easier than renting himself out by the hour for a regular job. He’s carried his distaste for real work into his adult life and has focused on a lifestyle-centered approach to business with marketing as the ultimate lever to a life of freedom and fun.

Right now, he’s excited about what he’s calling “the great migration to the cloud” and the concept of virtual gatherings. We were forced into it with the COVID situation and this is the by-product.

The silver lining is we’ve become a virtual gathering-enabled and -accustomed population.

Not the leading-edge businesses, coaches, or online marketers that have traditionally been online and used to meeting like this. Instead, you’re going to see now, on the backs of the kids having to be equipped for virtual schooling, hundreds of millions of households in the United States are overnight equipped for virtual gathering.

Parents may have never been exposed to it, but because of the kids, every household in America has a computer, a webcam, and the ability to access Zoom, Skype, or some other online visioning tool.

You don’t have to be tech-savvy these days. Kids are Zoom chatting with their grandparents. Families and friends are gathering virtually, and most are AMAZED at the quality of the video and audio. So much so that they’re realizing there’s an intimacy you can achieve in the absence of being able to be with someone in person that’s almost equal.

Of course there’s a fear that we’re going to lose our intimacy without actual, physical contact, but the truth is that when you’re doing larger virtual meetings where there are 60 people, you can have a direct one-on-one relationship with each person simultaneously through chat and so the intimacy in the side conversations increases.

Another silver lining moment that I wasn’t expecting to come from the current situation happened a few weeks ago. A bunch of my wife’s and my friends, including JJ Virgin, who usually go to Burning Man every year decided to do a virtual music night. We had a virtual DJ and all danced together from our iPads and TVs. It was a total BLAST! Even my 17-year-old son was completely captivated and had a great time.

From that dance party, a few fundraisers have developed, supporting several charities, including Native Americans and people working in the bar industry. Nothing I planned, but something I’m super proud to be able to do.

Dean and I feel that people are going to find that this is a superior experience without having to deal with things like traveling, especially when the information can be conveyed in a great way.

What’s going to come out of this is the creativity in generating a ton of new experiences, like what a lot of musicians are doing right now.

View Details

What business are you in? What do people call you? How do you introduce yourself? How many competitors do you have? If you don't have competitors, you’re what I call a “Category of One” brand.

How many people today would you consider to be a “Category Of One”?
Oprah? Elon Musk? Warren Buffett? Richard Branson?

I consider myself and my co-host, Dan Sullivan, to be a “Category Of One” because for the past 30 years, we have both been in the business of making dreams come true—for ourselves, our employees, our families, and our clients—and it’s something we’re both very passionate about.

It’s like this ... if someone asked me to create the perfect profession for myself, it is and always has been to make dreams come true.

In this episode, Dan and I dive into how we are able to accomplish making dreams come true for our clients. Bottom line is that we’re both in the same business but have different methodologies.

We’ll cover a few client case studies, including:

* Charlie Epstein, a mutual client who had been in the finance business all his life, who we helped turn his dream of performing stand-up comedy into a moneymaking, fulfilling reality. He “makes money funny” with a one-man show called “Yield of Dreams.”
* Brett Kaufman, a very successful real estate developer and visionary, who we helped figure out the best messaging, launch a podcast, and decide on a platform for his greatest creation to date, The Gravity Project (an incredible live/work lifestyle facility that has affordable housing).
* Both are in a “Category of One.”
* Dan started Strategic Coach® because he was a horrible student who barely passed high school. He was incapable of staying awake in a classroom environment. He needed to TEACH in order to stay awake, or be really engaged with activities.
* Thus, Strategic Coach was born—a place where performance is appreciated and the lesson materials are about YOU. You never get bored with yourself, right? It’s everyone’s favorite subject.
* Dan created structures and processes so that everyone is able to amplify their Unique Ability® and have a community where they feel “normal.”

In our experience, most entrepreneurs feel like misfits, outsiders, or aliens because of their unique way of thinking, processing information, and just being in the world. Both Dan and I have been there, and it’s not fun. To have a place where you feel understood, welcome, and appreciated is life-changing, and that’s why we both do what we do. We’re thinking about starting a school called ALIEN UNIVERSITY! What do you think?

* True freedom is what most people say they want, but freedom is only created from the inside out. It takes A LOT of courage to be who you imagine you want to be and block out the people telling you that you can’t.
* In order to lead a whole future, you have to start with a whole present, and you can’t do that if you have a half past. You have to go back and complete the unfinished business from the past before you will have confidence to create an entirely new future.

View Details

There is no denying it. We are living in a world where we are inundated all day long with horrific news of the global pandemic and economic crash, and it’s unclear when it will end or how quickly we will recover. Needless to say, we are all navigating some pretty overwhelming emotions, so in light of the current situation, I wanted to send you a ray of sunshine, POSSIBILITY, and HOPE.
My friend of more than 20 years and guest on the show this week is Arielle Ford. She’s known as “The Cupid of Consciousness” and “The Fairy Godmother of Love.”

She also represented Deepak Chopra and launched the careers of 11 New York Times #1 Bestselling Authors (when you actually had to sell books for real), including Wayne Dyer, Jack Canfield, Louise Hay (founder of Hay House), Don Miguel Ruiz, Neale Donald Walsch, her sister, the late Debbie Ford, and many more. For years, she was “the gateway” to get on Oprah.

Arielle is a leading personality in the personal growth and contemporary spirituality movement. For the past 30 years, she has been living, teaching, and promoting consciousness through all forms of media. She is a celebrated love and relationship expert, author, and speaker.

She’s also a gifted writer and the author of 11 books, including the international bestseller THE SOULMATE SECRET: Manifest The Love of Your Life With The Law of Attraction (published in 21 languages and 40 countries).

Arielle and I have been “career soul mates,” cheering each other on and supporting each other through every major reinvention in our lives. We’ve been in almost perfect sync for over 20 years. When one of us goes through a major reinvention, within six months, the other does too. It’s weird AND awesome at the same time!

Here are a few of Arielle’s many reinventions. How many of these mirror your own?

In 1987, she started her own PR firm, the Ford group, focusing on commercial real estate, residential real estate, art galleries, hotels, and non-profits. The business took off from the moment she opened the doors. She was hugely successful, making gobs of money. That lasted for three and a half years until a recession hit.

In the span of six weeks, she lost 80% of her business and it didn't look like it was coming back. In two months, she went from 4,000 square feet of office space on Wilshire Boulevard and eight full-time employees to a small 250-square-foot closet office with a half-time employee and a ton of credit card debt. She was depressed, her boyfriend dumped her, and she hit rock bottom.

But it turned out to be the best thing that ever happened to her because during this time, she discovered that she hated her clients. She was only in it for the money, and she didn’t want to reinvent that business. Boom. Done.

So what now? She was lost, asking, “Who am I? What do I do? What's my purpose?” She struggled for seven or eight months until she went to lunch with a friend who asked, “If you could represent anybody or anything, who would it be?”

She said, “There's this guy. I'm sure you've never heard of him. He's pretty unknown, but I think he's the best-kept secret in America. His name is Deepak Chopra.” Her friend said, “Not only do I know who he is, my friend Penny works for him!” Later that day, Penny called and said, “This is so funny. Dr. Chopra called this morning and asked me if I could find him a publicist. And here you are!”

A week later, they met. Deepak said, “I've only got five minutes,” and she said, “Great. I only need two.” Then she said, “If you're half as smart as I think you are, you'll hire me,” and he said DEAL.

Suddenly, she was on this new path because her next client was Louise Hay, then Wayne Dyer, then Neale Donald Walsch, then Don Miguel Ruiz.

View Details

I know. Crazy times. This episode is really special. We know these are challenging times, and if you or your business isn’t doing well, it’s going to be extremely relevant.

How are you using or spending your time right now?

Amplifying anything requires amplifying time, and one of the things that amplifies time is getting VERY comfortable with what you do. But the moment you think to yourself, “I don’t want any more risk or fear in my life,” a message goes up to the universe and they put you on the list for pickups.

On this show, Dan Sullivan and I focus on the importance of fear, courage, and commitment in your business and life in general, especially in uncertain times like we’re experiencing now.

I recently read a statistic from Harvard Business Review about men in particular. It said that if they retire at around age 50 and they’re not back in the game within 18 months, their chances of succeeding ever again go down into the single digits.

What I believe is that without enough tension, hunger, and fear, your courage disappears. When you’re comfortable without anything to do, sitting around and not taking risks, your courage dissolves. You almost need to have fear on your side to amplify your courage.

Dan relates courage to goal setting. Lots of people have goals, but they’ve got the process of how you achieve goals backwards. Ninety percent of people say, “I can’t achieve that goal yet because I don’t have the confidence to do it.”

Confidence is a result of doing the thing you think you cannot do, and it’s the process of achieving the goal that gives you capability. You have to start BEFORE you actually have the confidence or capability. You have to take a risk when you’re not guaranteed up front you’re actually going to pull it off. That’s when FEAR pops us and wakes up the whole system.

How do you do that? You make a commitment. Whatever you have to change or go through to make the commitment to get to your goal is what you need to do. Is it scary? You bet. This is where courage is required.

Courage is a skill that grows through practice. It’s like a muscle you have to work out. There WILL be a resistance that’s going to scare you because you don’t YET have the confidence and capabilities, but if you commit to being amplified, even though you’re not sure how that’s actually going to happen, you’ll reap the rewards in the end.

Okay, I’m gonna get a little metaphysical on you here: the way that I view the universe is that the universe loves life and whenever it has a chance, it’s gonna pack and fit and squeeze life into every crevice it can find, just like moss.

There are UNINTENTIONAL thoughts and INTENTIONAL thoughts.

I think of ideas and thoughts as objects, and the clearer they are, the faster you can realize them and make them true. When you’re on target, on task, and doing what you’re meant to do, the universe will help you find ways to make things happen. The right people and opportunities show up.

On the opposing side, when you’re not specific about what you want, the universe is going to give you what it thinks you want, which could include pollution and noise. Specificity is really key.

The way I would build my courage when I knew I had to sell something in order to survive or get to the next level was to imagine myself performing the speech in front of the audience. I would VISUALIZE it. I would smell it, taste it, touch it. I could look inside the audience’s eyes and see their souls. And it works. Every. Single. Time.

It’s the combination of commitment and courage that creates a new capability, and confidence is the reward for doing that.

View Details

What do the pope, Andrea Bocelli, brothels, maximum-security prisons, and Elton John all have in common? They’ve all been a part of Steve Sims’s cutting-edge luxury concierge business. Wait ... WHAT?!
My friend and guest on this week’s episode is Steve Sims, the creator of “Bluefish,” the internationally famous company that makes once in a lifetime events happen for the rich and famous.

Steve is in the business of making the impossible possible. With his help and expertise, his clients’ fantasies and wildest dreams come true. Getting married by the pope in the Vatican, being serenaded by Andrea Bocelli, and connecting with powerful business moguls like Elon Musk and Sir Elton John are just a few of the many projects he has worked on.

Steve is also the author of the New York Times bestselling book Bluefishing: The Art Of Making Things Happen in which he shares his practical tips, techniques, and strategies to help YOU break down any obstacle and turn YOUR dreams into reality. He shares a lot of those techniques during our conversation.

But WHO is Steve Sims? If you know him personally, he’s “a strange looking fella that makes things happen.” Forbes called him the real-life Wizard of Oz! He’s the guy that will give you more interesting cocktail stories. He can take your bucket list and make it a reality so that you wake up at 2 a.m. going, “Wow, I can't believe I did that!”

Steve built his entire business by word of mouth. He didn't even have a phone number or an email address on his website. It was literally a case of, “Hey, remember I told you the story of when I played the piano with Elton John? This guy's the one that made that happen.” And it grew from there.

Before his book came out, what used to excite Steve was people challenging him to make seemingly CRAZY things happen. Like closing down a museum in Florence, going down to see the Titanic or playing tennis with Richard Branson. Those things were exciting, expensive, and a challenge for him at the time.

When the book came out, he suddenly found himself working with intelligent entrepreneurs who were held back by their own mindsets telling them there were things they couldn’t possibly do.

Now he’s doing a lot of workshops and speaking all over the planet, shaking up entrepreneurs, getting them uncomfortable, and changing their mindsets. “The superpower of an entrepreneur is their ignorance”—the fact that they can’t possibly perceive that they're going to fail. And with THAT mindset, nine times out of 10 ... they don't.

One of the things that Steve really likes to do with his clients is to get people uncomfortable by putting them in environments they’ve never been in. He’s held masterminds at The Bunny Ranch Brothel, Maximum Security Prisons, and the Tesla Production Plant.

Once you’ve met people who want to change their lives, in an environment that's heavily suppressed like a maximum security prison, you have no more excuses for why your business won’t work. We tend to excuse ourselves to death. Steve is one of the most fascinating, passionate, and principled individuals I have ever met. I cannot WAIT for you to experience this episode.

View Details

Welcome to Amplifying And Multiplying Your Time PART 2! This episode is all about focusing on YOUR unique capabilities to amplify your life and business and using real-life time hacks to make the MOST of the time you have.

This episode of the podcast focuses on something I call Folding Time. Think of it visually, as if you were to take a piece of paper and fold it like an accordion or in a stack. You can pass through time by getting through a lot more stuff by stacking or folding time. Here are some “time folding hacks”:

#1 - Personal coaching. This means having someone on the outside look at your life and say, “Here are some horrible behaviors” or “Here are some ways you can get rid of the ‘noise’ in your day-to-day life.”

#2 - Ego death. This essentially means, “What are your worst unconscious behaviors?” Sometimes they're stacked traumas or trauma resolution that comes from getting supportive help, possibly through a spiritual or personal guide. Meditation is the “slow path” toward ego death.

Right now, it’s very popular for executives and professionals to practice “plant medicine” (psilocybin or “magic mushrooms,” ayahuasca, LSD, and many other tools) that rapidly allows you to “see” parts or elements of yourself and rid yourself of them quickly.

Another time compressor is creating less or not over-creating. What I've learned after coaching and advising hundreds of business leaders and executives who feel stuck is that rather than selling more and increasing their value, they go back to creating more “stuff.”

Soon they're surrounded by 40 products that aren’t being sold or marketed. What they should be doing is picking the top three and putting ALL of their effort into those. This isn’t fun or attractive to “quick start creatives,” but it’s necessary.

With 100 percent certainty, I know this to be true and I am completely guilty of doing this in the past. My typical behavior historically is, instead of solving the problems that exist in the current product, to just create a new product with a different message and get that out there. What I wound up with was an overwhelmed and confused audience of buyers. NOT good.

During this episode, Dan and I each talk about and identify our top three unique capabilities—the three things we’re really great at and focus on in order to increase our value and grow our businesses. You’re not going to want to miss those. Enjoy the show!

View Details

Management Mess To Leadership Success!! My guest on this week’s show is Scott Jeffrey Miller. If you want to improve your management skills and capabilities, this is the episode you’ve been waiting for.

Entering his twenty-third year with Franklin Covey, Miller serves as the executive vice president of thought leadership. He is the host of the Franklin Covey-sponsored “On Leadership With Scott Miller,” a weekly leadership webcast, podcast, and newsletter that features interviews with renowned business titans, authors, and thought leaders and is distributed to more than five million business leaders worldwide.

He is also the host of the weekly radio program “Great Life, Great Career With Scott Miller.” This radio program and podcast provide insight and strategies drawn from Franklin Covey’s leadership principles and from Miller’s career and personal life experience to assist listeners in becoming more effective as business leaders and to improve their personal performance.

One guest interview in particular had such a profound effect on Miller that it inspired him to write his first TWO books, Management Mess To Leadership Success and Everyone Deserves A Great Manager, simultaneously. (Which he does NOT recommend doing, by the way!)

The guest who inspired Miller was Steven M.R. Covey, the oldest son of Dr. Steven Covey whose book The Seven Habits Of Highly Effective People sold 30 million copies and who is one of the most influential men of the last 100 years. Miller asked him if he ever felt like he needed to write a book because of his dad and his response was “I didn't until I did.” Meaning he never had anything to say until one day he realized he DID, so he took a two-year sabbatical, wrote The Speed Of Trust and sold two million copies.

At this point, Miller had been at Franklin Covey for 22 years and never thought he had anything to say either ... until that interview. What he realized he had to say is that leadership is not easy, it’s not for everyone, and vulnerability is a leadership competency (which really goes against the traditional culture of the firm).

Miller wrote the first book, Management Mess To Leadership Success, which is the story of all his struggles as an officer in a leadership firm where he wasn’t even sure he should have been a leader. The book sold 20,000 copies in 100 days, and right now, he’s in the process of writing seven more books in the “Mess To Success Series.”

The book is raw and relatable with content like, “Here are 30 challenges you're going to face, not just as a formal leader, but in your personal life with your mother-in-law, your spouse, or your kids.“

The second book, Everyone Deserves A Great Manager, Miller co-authored with Franklin Covey's chief people officer and one of their leadership consultants. This one is a very practical and easy read, using Franklin Covey's 40 years in business and millions of profile assessments to share things like, “Six things that leaders need to do to build a great team.”

To hear this inspiring conversation about leadership, download or stream the full episode today. You’ll be happy you did! –Mike

FranklinCovey - Management Mess to Leadership Success Book

Everyone Deserves a Great Manager: The 6 Critical Practices for Leading a Team

View Details

This episode is all about amplifying and multiplying your time to increase your consciousness and value. It’s something that is near and dear to both Dan and me. We're talking about getting the MOST time out of the life you have.

There is one thing in this world that is fixed and that is everybody has quantitatively the same amount of time. When people say they’ve found a way to “shorten time,” it’s simply not true. That would be like shortening gravity or water. We're all given the same material (time) to work with but the gradient equality is what people do with the quantity of time that they have.

I’ve been thinking about this a lot lately, and a few days ago, I woke up in the middle of the night with six core ideas about time shuffling around in my head. They were important enough to wake me up so I wrote them down:

* Time Slicing
* Time Compression
* Folding Time
* Chaos Elimination
* Courage Amplification
* Embracing The New Rules Of The Universe

Let’s take the first one, “time slicing,” for example. The basic premise is increasing your consciousness through meditation—actually slowing down time and focusing on or creating peak experiences. I believe those who focus on and in the spiritual realm are living “outside” of time versus living in the physical realm. The more conscious you are, the slower time can appear to be.

When you pack more exciting experiences into the same amount of time, you, in fact, live more. Imagine time as stacks of pancakes versus laying the pancakes end to end. There's more density to the quality of life. The quality of your life depends on how you choose to perceive and give meaning to the things happening around you and for you.

The world is getting more and more complicated every day, and it's the actual experience of unpredictable complexity that robs us of time consciousness. We’re being asked to constantly respond to new things and don't have time to reflect and give it meaning. Instead, we react. Figuring out how to slow down and become more conscious through meditation will help combat this ever-increasing problem.

Your phone and social media can be a gateway to constant, unconscious interruptions (hell on earth) or an infinite volume of wisdom, knowledge, and information (heaven on earth). Every day, you get to choose. Chaos elimination is next. In other words, owning your time by not giving it away or devaluing yourself improves your decision making. This increases your own self worth and your value to the market, and increases your consciousness and awareness.

One major example of this is unconscious consumption. To me, the biggest robber of consciousness is social media and TV. There is SO much out there readily available for consumption that it is very easy to just flip, flip, flip through, and down the rabbit hole you go, appealing to the lowest-frequency, addictive part of the human brain.

I’m guilty of doing it. Nearly EVERYONE is. Until you make the conscious decision to eliminate those “time sucks,” you’ll stay stuck and continue to lose precious time.

Evidence of this is our lowest common denominator, clickbait world of media. Journalism ceased to exist the moment it began depending on clicks to survive. One hype-induced “us or them” existential threat after another. 9/11 led to a (fake) war. Remember the big “anthrax” scare in letters that was the end of the world? Turned out to be one guy. Then SARS. Pandemic! End of the world. Nope. Then one Trump drama after another. Now it’s the coronavirus. Keep the lemmings glued to their screens. It’s “us” versus “them.” All the world's a stage, ladies and gentlemen. Welcome to the Wizard of Oz. It’s all just a grand illusion. Peace is behind the curtain if you choose to pull it back, look behind and contemplate ...

View Details

The concept and goal behind this podcast series is for our listeners to hear our brilliant guests and get a cartridge-style upgrade to their skills and capabilities. My request is that each guest speaks from the heart with honesty, authenticity, and integrity, and this week’s guest did not disappoint.

His name is Arjuna Ardagh. He is a Radical Brilliance coach, writer, and public speaker, and he was the original founder of Awakening Coaching. He has trained more than 2,000 people to become Awakening Coaches over the last 25 years.

Arjuna has been a speaker at conferences all over the world and has appeared on TV, radio, and in print media in 12 countries. He has spoken at Google and at the United Nations.

In his groundbreaking new book, Radical Brilliance, Arjuna (author of the #1 national bestseller The Translucent Revolution and eight other books) offers us a compelling and practical model for the hidden components that together make up a brilliant life.

Arjuna put this book together based on more than 15 years of interviews with more than 420 scientists, artists, musicians, inventors, and social architects.

Arjuna’s current big quest is two-fold. One massive context is what is actually happening to humanity on the planet right now. “Essentially we are faced with various kinds of crises that are completely and utterly unprecedented, both in their global nature and severity.”

We, as humans, can do various things to become more capable in various ways, but if we're not actively addressing the predicament of the global crisis, then whatever we're doing, “it's like making a little more money on the card table while the Titanic is going down. It’s going down anyway and your winnings will not mean very much once you're in the water.” Unless our capabilities are aligned with the well being of generations not yet born, they're irrelevant.

Second is how slowing down, relaxing, and doing less actually ushers miracles into your life. A big myth we often buy into as doers and entrepreneurs is that everything is the fruit of our actions and our intentions. We overlook the fact that a lot of the greatest miracles that come into our lives come when we’re STILL and when we connect with the source bigger than our own minds.

Arjuna and I dive deep into the mythology and research behind what people think makes for a meaningful life and what ACTUALLY makes for a meaningful life. I’ll tell you right now ... it’s probably not what you’re thinking.

Arjuna shared some really interesting background with me that not a lot of people know, including where he was born, where he studied, how he got interested in exploring the outer dimensions of consciousness, and how he got his current name. Enjoy!

Radical Brilliance: The Anatomy of How and Why People Have Original Life-Changing Ideas

View Details

Create Better Messaging And People Will Beg You To Take Their Money

When you are positioned, packaged, and branded with great messaging, you can charge premium prices and be seen as an industry leader. I want to be seen as the highest priced solution in my business category. Don’t you?

My co-host Dan Sullivan and I have produced many, many different kinds of knowledge products and intellectual tools to help entrepreneurs over the last several decades, and we’re constantly being asked, “What is your process and thinking behind it?”

A friend of mine recently said something to me that profoundly affected me. His name is Stewart Emery, he's 78 years old, and he's gone through many, many reinventions. He said, “I have been fortunate enough to follow my curiosities for my entire professional life and monetize a fair number of them.” Stewart happens to have been one of the creators and founders of EST, which eventually became the Landmark Forum.

I approach everything through the lens of curiosity and market interest. Historically, my brands and businesses have largely revolved around my own capabilities and interests. I have to be fired up, inspired, and motivated to actually do something.

I also pay very close attention to upcoming trends. Then I think about how I can amplify, multiply, and automate them. Something else that’s REALLY important to me is finding interesting people that I actually want to do business with.

From there, it’s a matter of market testing. For example, this year, my wife, Vivian, and I decided to do something we call “SuperBeing Dinners.” We invite really fascinating, interesting people to our home, bring in a caterer, create a great night, and start a conversation that you don’t get to have anywhere else. People LOVE them. It’s a way to see people’s responses and their perception of value.

It really comes down to how you create messaging, an experience, and a feeling for people so they wind up raising their hands and saying, “Yeah, I'd like a little bit of that, please!”

One of Dan’s passions in life is to just ask questions of people and have them tell him about their experiences (most of the time they've never actually described these experiences in their life so, in many ways, they're creating the experience on the spot).

Questions can be super powerful and that’s Dan’s approach to branding. It’s never about him. It's about what's going on in the mind of someone else. It's about asking better questions of better people.

Every week, Dan and I give away cool prizes to voters and commenters and that might as well be you!

Enjoy!

View Details

Our guest this week KILLS FAT for a living. Her name is Natalie Jill and she is a fat loss expert turned high-performance coach. She helps women age in reverse and LEVEL UP in all areas of their lives.

Natalie is a 48-year-old woman and knows all too well the struggles that can come along with aging. About 10 years ago, she lost her house, her retirement, and her marriage, and gained a lot of weight. She hit ROCK BOTTOM.

She had all kinds of nagging “False Assumed Truths” that she believed about herself. She felt too old, too broke, too overweight, and too depressed to do anything, but she knew something had to shift. She changed her state by changing her mindset, turned it all around, got her life back, and became an inspiration to others.

Natalie was on 13 magazine covers after the age of 40 (despite society saying she was too old) and became a master at creating all possibilities from NOTHING.

Although fitness and fat loss programs are what she’s known for, her passion and priority are in the personal development space. She believes “it’s what’s in our heads, our beliefs and our actions that create our realities” because she’s seen it over and over again with her fat loss clients. She changes their state, and next to follow is their weight! It’s not JUST about following a specific diet or doing a workout: “It’s about stepping into TRULY LIVING.”

Natalie Jill is 48 years old and looks 20 years younger. She’s CONSTANTLY asked the question, “How do you do it and how can I do it too?”

She has discovered the solution is two simple words. Two simple words that will change your life forever, reprogram your brain, and get you the body and life you've always wanted:

DECIDE and SURRENDER.

Everything starts with a decision and surrendering to living in your current reality. Exactly where you are right NOW. Not in the past. Not where you should be. Not where you want to be. Start where you are, surrender, and step into your life.

Enjoy!
Mike

View Details

This week, we're talking about creating brand new, valuable intellectual capital. What does that mean? It’s about creating tools, products, and services to elevate your brand and business.

This is something that Dan and I absolutely love to do, and today we're going to reveal some of the strategies we've been using to rapidly create our own content and products. PLUS, we’ll go behind the scenes and hear about what Dan's been doing with Strategic Coach and how he just changed his model of rapid content creation that drives his quarterly events.

I think you're going to find this one particularly interesting because it also ties into “who you want to be a hero to.”

Dan has always had a love for packaging and branding, even when he was young. So much so that one day when his parents were away, he thought it would be a great idea to use model airplane paint (remember model airplane glue? Talk about a high!!) to label all of the doors and drawers in the house. Needless to say … his parents were NOT thrilled, but so began his love of packaging and branding!

I define a “brand” as an emotional connection or feeling that someone has to a product, a company, an individual, or a service. The more feelings someone experiences that are positive, the more likely they are to want to buy a product. A continual emotional attachment embeds a trigger to buy.

Let’s use Coca-Cola as an example. It's one of the greatest brands of all time. Just hearing the pop of the can or bottle and the fizzing of the bubbles creates an emotion or feeling for most. (Be honest … you just pictured that red can and your mouth started watering, right?) Maybe you’re brought back to a childhood memory, but it becomes an experience that involves ALL of your senses.

When I work with my one-on-one clients, the goal is to establish an emotional connection. What is the primary emotion and feeling you want them to walk away with? I've discovered over time that the three things people want more than anything are clarity, confidence, and courage.

If you’d like to dive deeper into our own processes for creating a brand, content, products, and services FAST, then give this episode a spin right now!

View Details

This week, I had the incredible opportunity to chat with Eric Edmeades, a fascinating individual, a TRUE visionary, and an all-around #SuperBeing. Keep reading because you’re in for a real treat!

Eric spent the earlier part of his life struggling with constant sinus and throat infections, excess weight, acne, and chronic fatigue. His doctors believed that surgically removing his tonsils was the solution, but on a whim, Eric decided to experiment with changing his diet. Within 30 days, all his symptoms went away. The surgery was canceled.

Eric became fascinated by food’s role in achieving true health. He wanted to understand why simple dietary changes healed his body. His research took him to live with bushmen in Africa, where he studied their eating patterns and HUNTED with them. We’re talking 27 miles a day in 100-degree heat with stone-age type hunter-gatherer bushmen using bows and arrows, sometimes with little or no results.

Eric has devoted years of his life to analyzing and testing his theories, and his company, WildFit, is the result of that experience.

Helping people have breakthroughs in their health and fitness simply by changing their relationship with food is not Eric’s only passion. He has spoken on hundreds of stages to thousands of people around the world teaching nutrition AND business and marketing (including Tony Robbins’s business mastery seminars).

“A lot of people don't recognize that there is truly an unconscious power level of influence that is given to people who are willing to stand in front of an audience. I am aware that every single person in the audience has stories that are either as valuable or more than mine are, and the only difference between them and me is a skill set. Once I recognized that, it put me in a position where I could never, ever talk down to an audience because every single person in that audience has life experiences as valuable as mine.” - Eric

I couldn’t agree with Eric more. As I’ve said many times, one of the best ways to market yourself and build a successful business is to get on a stage in front of as many people as possible and tell YOUR unique story. It’s a powerful thing and helps you relate to your ideal client.

To learn more about Eric’s incredible life from being born in South Africa to growing up in Canada and attending the craziest boarding school you’ve ever heard of, to currently living in the Dominican Republic and dreaming of building an “intentional” community, listen to the latest episode right now!

View Details

Get Inspired, Get Creative, Solve Problems, And Get Paid For It.

This week’s conversation with Dan Sullivan came from an experience he had at an Abundance 360 annual event with Peter Diamandis.

Abundance 360 is a highly curated global community of 360 entrepreneurs, executives, and investors committed to understanding and leveraging exponential technologies to transform their businesses.

Because the event is jam-packed with expert after expert talking about things like virtual reality, artificial intelligence, machine learning, driverless cars, and spaceships to Mars, it’s VERY easy to get overloaded with information (especially for someone with ADHD, like Dan).

So Dan came up with a technique. Whenever a new prediction was made about a “breakthrough” technology, he would go to Google and punch in, for example, “What are the ten biggest obstacles for entire cities going to driverless cars?” Major obstacles for a city like New York include a massive transformation to the cars, retrofitting ALL of the streets, and a $25 BILLION dollar price tag. That’s a pretty hefty obstacle to overcome.

When anyone predicts a great new capability or “breakthrough,” look for the pushback, but also look for the strategic by-products.

Dan and I make a living by working with entrepreneurs, getting them together in groups, listening to their challenges, and coming up with creative solutions that essentially bypass or hack through the system.

I've made my living developing technology that superseded a problem or aggregated someone else's technology to solve a problem and allowing me to build infrastructure without paying for it.

One of Dan and my goals is to talk about how we get inspired, get creative, and solve problems while getting paid at the same time, allowing us to either build businesses, create businesses, or elevate and amplify other people's businesses so they make more money with less effort, and without all the problems and obstacles. Enjoy the show!

View Details

Do you have someone in your life you’re in awe of? Someone who’s been such an incredible mentor, teacher, inspiration, and friend that you feel blessed to know them at all? Joseph McClendon III is one of those people for me.
Joseph is one of the most sought-after Performance Specialists in the world. His unique techniques rapidly trigger personal change that effectively moves you to take more consistent action and go further faster with your personal and business achievements.

This week, my long-time friend Joseph and I talk about his personal experience with prejudice, being homeless, raising a kid in today’s crazy world, evolving as a human being, and what kind of legacy he wants to leave behind.

I started the conversation by asking Joseph, “What is the scariest thing you’re doing right now?” and his answer might surprise you. It wasn’t business, money, politics, the environment or health ... it was being a parent.

Joseph has a 12-year-old son who’s getting to the age where he’s going to start doing things on his own. Joseph knows he’s done a great job preparing him but with everything that’s going on in today’s climate, it’s not an issue of trusting his son ... it’s the WORLD out there he doesn’t trust. (I’m in the same boat as Joseph. My son, Zak, is 17 and I have the same concerns.)

Joseph came from a background of having some pretty horrible things happen to him right around the age his son is now. He recalls seeing a news clip on TV during the civil rights riots of a black man who had driven into a part of town where they were having a white supremacist rally. The man was pulled out of his car and beaten badly because of the color of his skin. That was the first time Joseph realized that, as an African-American, the same thing could happen to him and that it was a dangerous world out there.

When he was 17, he was attacked by three grown men who tried to take his life because of the color of his skin. He became homeless because that experience destroyed his self-esteem and confidence. That was the genesis of his journey into personal development and growth.

Joseph feels that he’s “an evolving soul right now.” He knows he has a lot more learning to do, but he’s really focused on what he’s going to leave behind when he’s done—his legacy. He feels an urgency to focus 100 percent of his attention on giving people the tools, strategies, experiences, and results of hedging that bet and beating the ridiculous odds of not being able to succeed in your health, your wellness, and your lifestyle.

View Details

This week on the show, Dan and I discuss “Not Being Bothered,” It's a big idea that Dan loves to talk about.
We dive deep into Burnout, The Entrepreneur’s Dilemma and how to retrieve your passion once it has been CONSUMED by business details and the grind.

Tell me if this sounds familiar: You were led to believe that if you’re a marketer, you can teach people how easy it would be to build a BIG business by using social media and “systems,” but soon found your complicated machine required 25 people to run—most of whom you don’t even like or like to manage.

You’ve grown tired of “team.” Tired of hiring, firing, legal stuff, customers, and the list goes on... and now you’re in a situation where it's a constant grind of being shallow and wide from a lack of focus instead of being deep and narrow, which is really the experiential side, the human side, of having a great business. You’ve reached the level where your business bothers you SO much that it’s time to escape. To reinvent. You’ve reached BURNOUT.

Remember the ambitions and goals you had back in your 20s and 30s? By the time you reached 40, you probably far surpassed those ambitions. Have you taken the time to reassess and take your ambitions to a new level yet in your 40s? Now imagine if that happens again in your 50s and 60s. Maybe it already has. You burn out because your life becomes about your past only, instead of including your future.

Dan is 75 and thinks that sometimes “entrepreneurs run out of future,” and I agree with him. Take retirement, for instance: Dan’s perspective on retirement is that the moment you stop being useful or providing value, the universe wants its parts back.

When thinking about retirement a lot of entrepreneurs revert back to a non-entrepreneurial way of thinking. Why? You chose to be an entrepreneur by thinking and doing things differently, so why would you buy into a traditional, non-entrepreneurial idea of retirement? Use the talents that got you here to plan a retirement that fits YOUR wants and goals! Get creative and innovative. DO YOU.

As an entrepreneur, I find creating is easier than managing and growing a business. When I was younger (and should have been focusing on building a real business), my identity was wrapped up in my company, which didn't need me from the start. As a result, I started becoming a “specialist.”

Not long ago I heard the phrase “Specialization is for insects.” Generalists WIN in the new economy. Resilience. Innovation. Reinvention. Co-creation. These are the values that win.

You can't spend your whole life being special and then complain about what comes with being special. It's part of the deal! As an entrepreneur, you never wanted to make your living in a conventional way. There are ENORMOUS rewards to doing so but there are also disadvantages. You have to know that going in and accept it or suffer the consequences.

So at what point in your life would you like to know that something isn't working? Would you like to find out five years from now? 10 years from now? 20 years from now? Dan and I have both done long and short suffering and we’ve decided that short suffering is a lot better.

Enjoy!

View Details

This week’s episode features the strongly opinionated and often controversial Jordan Harbinger, a top podcaster with millions of downloads who is referred to as “The Larry King of Podcasting.” He knows what he’s talking about when it comes to podcasting AND he’s done his research on YouTube so he has some real, honest insight into both platforms.
If you have a successful business and are thinking about throwing your hat into either the podcasting or YouTube ring, but aren’t sure which platform is better for growth, time management, and monetization, then you’re going to want to keep reading (and listening).

I begin the interview by asking Jordan what worries him the most about his business in the current climate of super-short attention spans and “Kardashianized” marketing. Here’s what he had to say:
“What worries me comes from an old saying, don't build your business in someone else's walled garden. In other words, platforms you don’t own or have any control over like Facebook or Apple iTunes. I have a podcast so, at the end of the day, I am still beholden to the platform. It stinks and doesn't stop me from doing anything... BUT there could be a millennial that works at one of these companies, woke up on the wrong side of the bed one day and there goes your income stream. You just have to piss off the person who runs the content review team at some company, and you're done.”
In today’s “cancel culture,” YouTube, Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter could decide for some arbitrary reason that a piece of content you created five years ago offends a short, plump, three-legged, green alien who decided to unionize your business, and THEY could remove your channel and all of your followers because someone’s feelings were hurt when you expressed your right of free speech. Where would you be then?

We live in a world now where open rates and click-through rates with email are miserable at best. I think the most engaging platform is podcasting, but it really comes down to how you train your audience to react and respond to you. My message has always been the same: Get people to leave a platform page, get their email address, and build a REAL relationship with them because it's easier to monetize. There is no Holy Grail, and I think right now, the world of “platforms” is more scattered than ever before.

Virtually every “influencer” on YouTube is screwed right now because they’re being demonetized and penalized, losing their incomes and sometimes their channels AND they never took the time to think ahead and build a list they controlled.

Jordan has been asked many times why he hasn’t started and focused on building a YouTube channel. He definitely thought about it but ended up sticking with podcasting, and here’s why. He asked a lot of his YouTuber friends who are highly successful with a million-plus subscribers and found some pretty disturbing figures from people he thought would be printing money. They aren’t. They aren’t dirt poor, but they’re certainly not wealthy from it either.

But here’s the REAL rub ... these guys are doing 12-hour days because YOU CAN’T OUTSOURCE YOUR PERSONALITY. You can outsource the comments, the email, the customer support, the editing, but you can't outsource YOU being the guy that does all the funny stuff in the videos. They have teams of 16 to 20 people, they’re filming eight hours, and editing. They look like they haven’t had a vacation in two decades ... because THEY HAVEN’T!

It's just not all it's cracked up to be. There's no asset to sell. “Influencing” isn’t a real business.

There’s also the whole “optimizing for YouTube” quagmire that people fall into. Maybe you start off doing a podcast talking about topics you really enjoy—things that are conversational, intellectual, and thought-provoking—but your download growth rate is SUPER slow so you try YouTube because it’s easier to...

View Details

Happy Holidays! I sincerely hope you’re taking time to relax and enjoy this time of year with your family and friends. My gift to you is an extra special, feel-good podcast with a little touch of “woo-woo” on top.
This week on the show, I had the privilege of interviewing my friend and one of the stars of the movie The Secret, Marci Shimoff, about her life, her many reinventions, what scares her the most, and what she would wish for if she had a magic wand.

When Marci was 16 years old, she started doing TM (transcendental meditation) and was SO changed by the practice that she decided to attend Maharishi International University in Fairfield, Iowa. The only difference in her education was that they learned everything in the light of natural law and everybody practiced transcendental meditation, from the students to the staff and faculty.

Despite her parents’ trepidations about her attending a non-traditional, unaccredited university AND their doubts that she would survive Iowa winters (being a California girl!), she went on to graduate. At first, she was embarrassed to tell people where she graduated from so she went on to get her MBA from UCLA so that she wouldn’t have to confess. Today, she’s VERY proud of that background and feels like it has served her well.

Proof positive, we now know from a scientific AND medical perspective the benefits of meditation, and if you're not meditating, you're not performing as well as you could be.

During her extremely successful career as a #1 New York Times bestselling author and transformational leader, she has reinvented herself many times. In fact, she is heading in a brand new direction right now, so I was curious … “What terrifies Marci Shimoff?”

Her answers might surprise you: things like letting go of working too much, never learning to play the piano or speak Spanish, and not doing more philanthropic work. But there’s more, much more ...

Marci is an exceptional soul and a fascinating woman who’s lived an extraordinary life of service to others. Enjoy!

View Details

No religion, no capitalism. That’s the focus of this week’s must-listen episode.
I’ve never been afraid to talk about controversial subjects like religion, politics, or money. Change and growth come from doing the difficult stuff rather than going along with the crowd or playing it safe.

To me, crowds are dangerous. Whenever there’s a big group heading in one direction, I move the opposite way. Lemmings plunge off cliffs. Never jump into a boxcar without asking a lot of questions first. Know what I mean?

This week on the show, Dan and I are tackling a subject that in today’s crybaby climate and outrage culture can be very challenging to talk about, BUT it’s a subject we’re both endlessly fascinated by: Without religion, capitalism couldn’t exist.

A little background on Dan and me: we were both raised as Catholics. Dan considers himself a “godly” person, not a religious person. Ever since he was a kid, he felt that he had a one-on-one connection with God. It isn’t about a “belief” in God, but rather an experience.

I went through 12 years of parochial education. The messaging and delivery mechanism, combined with the authoritarianism, never resonated with me. I felt institutionalized, and I didn't like it. From my perspective, life didn’t begin until I was eighteen and free from being forced to go to school and church. I didn’t need a building or someone else’s rules to define my relationship with God.

There's something that's very necessary for capitalism to exist. Extraordinarily talented people are given an enormous amount of encouragement, not only for their skills and achievements, but for their rewards too. We admire people who use their skills and talents to create something really big, and we honor them for it. Capitalism is the only system in the history of the world that has done this, and Christianity was the first step in making it happen.

If you spend a bit of time going deep into why war and crime occur, you’ll find that two primary causes are envy and jealousy. Keep reading ...

Christianity conquered society’s most inhibiting emotion ... envy. There’s a difference between envy and jealousy that is often misunderstood. For example, when someone has a set of skills that you don’t possess, you’re jealous of that skill but can’t have it until you’ve gone through the necessary training and commitment to acquire that capability. Jealousy can actually be a positive thing in this way. Envy NEVER is. Envy is when you see that someone else has something you want and you want them to lose it.

Envious people do BAD THINGS. They steal. They hurt. They do criminal acts. That isn’t good for society. It isn’t good for business.

Christianity created a path beyond envy through “HEAVEN.” It said life on this planet is basically good luck and bad luck, depending on a roll of the dice. You can be born an emperor or a slave and you should be okay with it. When they die, both the slave and the emperor are equal before God on Judgment Day. In heaven, the emperor may be a second-class citizen, depending on how he lived his life, and the slave may be a first-class citizen.

It wasn't until you had the promise of an afterlife that you would put up with inequality and people doing much better than you in this lifetime. You could enjoy someone else's success because it gave you ideas about what YOU could do. This meant that great talent and achievements could blossom. We started seeing progress and an upswing in society because of this promise of a reckoning ... Judgment Day. Paradise. Everlasting life … Heaven.

View Details

When I was growing up, Blade Runner was one of my favorite movies. I’ve also been a big fan of Peter Diamandis and his books Abundance and Bold. Both make me think about infinite abundance of materials available to us in space.
This week on the show, I connect with Jim Keravala, co-founder and CEO of OffWorld, to talk about the incredible things he’s doing with robots and outer space.

So what exactly is OffWorld? (Sounds like some serious Blade Runner material, doesn’t it?) Their ambition is to build infrastructure in space so that civilization can expand into the solar system and beyond in addition to building industrial processes and capabilities in space to help rebalance the Earth’s ecosystem.

Their challenge was to find a future-paced business model that worked in the NOW. OffWorld treats Earth as a celestial body, and their autonomous, industrial, robotic workforce of AI-powered robots operate ON EARTH in the mining, construction, infrastructure repair, city sewers, seabed operations, etc. to do the dangerous jobs (that are normally done by humans) with a high degree of collaborative intelligence and move people out of harm's way.

While they’re building their space program on the backs of commercial contracts in the mining and construction sectors, they’re simultaneously building a platform for expansion into the solar system.

Bottom line — they have a great prototyping platform and an opportunity to test everything here on Earth, get paid while they're doing it, PROVE the model, and then launch the program on the moon, Mars, or beyond. Their intention is to become a multi-billion dollar company here on Earth and use their income to underwrite their own pilot projects in space.

Where did this CRAZY, cool idea come from?

Jim has been passionate about getting humans off the surface of the Earth and into outer space since he was a teenager. He read An Essay on the Principle of Population by Thomas Robert Malthus. The premise of the book is that if you're in any closed economy or system, at some point you're going to reach an imbalance of resources and run out of space for your waste products and the possibility for population expansion.

The book was talking more in terms of regional boundaries, but being a complete space nut as a kid, Jim immediately expanded that into the Earth and space arena. He realized that, conceptually, we are in a closed system if we stay on this planet. That’s when his passion for expanding beyond Earth's atmosphere began.

It was a fascinating and eye-opening experience chatting with Jim at the Near Future Summit. If you’re interested in space and what’s to come in the VERY near future, this episode is for you!

Enjoy!
Mike

View Details

Are you tired of your business and want a big change or shift in your life? How about SIMPLICITY? Would you like to “get off the road” and out of the grind? Are you the type of person who likes things to stay the same and last forever OR the type who likes change and reinvention (like ME!)?
This week, Dan and I talk about when it's time to quit and reinvent, and what happens when you know you're done and ready for the next evolution of your business and life.

Dan and I have super similar origin stories/backgrounds but very different entrepreneurial backgrounds. I'm constantly reinventing (currently in my sixth, from a business perspective) and after 30 years, Dan is still leading Strategic Coach®.

I believe that’s what makes Dan and me such great partners: DIFFERENT perspectives and experience, SAME values and end goal: Capabilities Amplified.

Dan started Strategic Coach with his partner and wife, Babs. They built it around their values and a “set of rules.” Based on this, they brought the same principles to other business owners who became annual subscribing participants.

They show up every quarter to go through this same process ... and I'm one of them! They use the concepts and principles to build, grow, and expand themselves and to achieve the Four Freedoms (Time, Money, Relationship, and Purpose), and they also bring these processes and principles into their businesses.

Initially, Strategic Coach was a one-on-one coaching service. It then went into a workshop format and THAT turned out to be the real magic bullet. Dan discovered that entrepreneurs really wanted to share and compare their ideas and challenges with other entrepreneurs.

Because of Dan’s continued and proven success, he’s constantly expanding and inspired to create new “stuff”: “I would say that's our number one strategic activity—constantly creating new concepts and tools that would encourage people to stay in this process.” But there is an important distinction. When is it time to stop and when is it time to grow and reinvent inside your own set of rules?

I, on the other hand, see myself as an innovator FIRST and then as a performer, entertainer, and creator. The sheer enjoyment of creating new concepts and new thinking tools is primary over maximizing the profitability value of what I'm creating.

I remember, many years ago, hearing Tony Robbins say, “I'm 80% entertainment and 20% content,” and I was OFFENDED by that! Years later, I now understand the importance of being an entertainer. If you can’t get and keep attention, you’ll never get a chance to sell your products and services.

Look at Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger, for example. Yes, they're very good at what they do, but they’re also entertaining, interesting people who make the process of investing and doing business with them ... interesting! That's what keeps people coming back.

That’s why having the best products and services is of secondary importance to having great marketing. Beyond that, having a great brand and platform is paramount.

We need to be relatable to our audience in order to create a good “brand,” but understand that everyone has their own, personal operating style. My daily passion is trying to figure out the next concept and put it together in a way that will translate into an interesting entrepreneurial experience for my audience.

That’s what drove me into my latest reinvention, which is working one on one as an advisor to business owners to help them build celebrity-class personal and business brands, grow their platforms, and increase their value 3x-5x while simplifying their lives.

Enjoy the show!

View Details

If you’ve been following me for any length of time, you know that I’m a total TECH GEEK! I love learning about ANYthing new in the world of emerging technology: AI (artificial intelligence), ML (machine learning), VR (virtual reality), AR (augmented reality), IoT (internet of things). The future possibilities are super exciting and at times ... can be scary as hell. Tech is a double-edged sword. It can be used for good or evil ... even though technology itself is neutral.
Well, except for Facebook. On the record, I think it’s evil and not to be trusted any further than the Chinese government. That’s a whole different story and rabbit hole we won’t dive into today.

This week on the show, I got to chat with David Ewing Duncan, the author of Talking To Robots. It’s one of the COOLEST books I’ve read in a long time. It’s half nonfiction and half fiction, and chock-full of robots! Twenty-four to be exact ... from teddy bear bot to sex bot to Facebook bot to warrior bot and even god bot!

Here’s the concept: David interviewed some of the greatest thinkers of our time (people like Kevin Kelly, Tim O'Reilly, and Brian Greene) and asked them, “What kind of robot would you want to meet or be afraid to meet in the future?” Then, he shares a story about each one. Normally, David is a nonfiction writer, but this story is actually told from the future. There's a narrator, but we don't know who it is. It could be a man, it could be a woman, it could be a robot who lives in the future and actually knows how things turned out!

An overarching theme of David’s career has been writing about technology, mostly biotechnologies, genetics, and synthetic biology. Like me, he’s interested in the technology and the people doing it, but he’s MORE interested in how it affects society.

The book is structured to give us some possible future scenarios. David’s opinion (and mine) is that we are at a pivotal moment in human history where we are about to have the power to build robots that we've thought about and are trying to understand ourselves. It’s about trying to understand our emotions and how things might play out in different scenarios. It's a little bit playful, it's a little whimsical, and at times it makes fun of our culture.

Case in point: The chapter “Politics Bot” pokes fun at our current government and the unbelievable lunacy/soap opera in motion. Vladimir Putin makes an appearance too!

It was an absolute pleasure chatting with David about his book at the Near Future Summit, and I HIGHLY recommend checking it out. We had such a great conversation and so much more we wanted to touch on, so there will be a follow-up interview in the future.

View Details

This Is MY FAVORITE podcast episode!
What if you had just ONE MINUTE to pitch your product, service, company, or yourself to your perfect client? What would you say? What would make them BEG to work with you, buy your product, or invest in your business?

Have you wondered what a WINNING pitch sounds like? You know ... the one that could completely change the course of your life and business?

Recently, I had the incredible opportunity to be on “Elevator Pitch” with Entrepreneur.com. Have you ever seen the show “Shark Tank”? It’s a bit like that ...

It’s really well produced and was a SUPER fun experience. I got to listen to a ton of pitches (both good and bad), but completely blind to the deals and the other judges … that’s part of the fun! The judges can either cut deals together or screw each other over, and it happens. That’s TV. That’s drama. Gotta get those views!

I learned a LOT on this show—plus, it was the first time in 30 years that I had the opportunity to RELAX and JUST be “talent” instead of producer, director, writer, marketer, AND talent for my own productions. The whole experience brought up a burning question … what makes for a really great pitch?

This week on the show, Dan and I dive deep into this subject. Keep reading to hear the BEST pitch you’ve ever heard ... AND what Dan shared on the show ...
IT WAS A ONE-WORD OFFER.
And took place approximately 50 years BC!
Intrigued? I’m not going to give it away ... but it’s awesome!
A “pitch” is basically selling yourself, and there are two parts to selling:

* INTELLECTUAL – Engaging another person with a future desirable outcome that REALLY appeals to them AND is good for them.
* EMOTIONAL – Supporting another person to make the emotional ACTION to give them their future desired results.

You HAVE to create rapport, connection, and trust with a potential client. Clarify their past in a way that's meaningful in order to enter the future. You can never have someone committed to a bigger, more confident future unless you let them have a more confident past. One weakness that a lot of entrepreneurs have is that they discount their past, trying to get away from it as fast as they can ... but there’s GOLD in the past!

Enjoy!

View Details

Do you ever get nostalgic for a simpler time when stand-up comedy was king and Johnny Carson was the BIGGEST star on the planet, like I do? Our next guest is one of the MOST recognizable and talented names from the heyday of comedy in the 1980s. But unlike most of the stars of that era, he’s still active, going strong, AND committed to massive self-growth.
He went from humble beginnings as a poor immigrant not even knowing the language to living the American dream ... performing on The Tonight Show with Johnny Carson, starring in countless TV shows and movies, performing for four U.S. Presidents, and obtaining his American citizenship in front of the Statue of Liberty in 1986.
His mission statement is “to experience happiness and teach it with passion through comedy and sensitivity.” He has an ongoing quest for knowledge and understanding about relationships, and earned his doctorate degree in psychology and global leadership at Pepperdine University.

Meet Dr. Yakov Smirnoff!

Yakov is so fascinated with different ways to create happiness that his doctoral dissertation was called “Law of Laughter” (LOL for short). This was his way of looking for a formula or a law that most people were not aware of.

As a comedian, he was given a set of skills that allowed him to listen for happiness. Every time the audience laughed, he knew they were happy. Even if they were going through a difficult time … at that moment, when something triggered them to laugh, they became involuntarily happy for a moment.

Yakov realized that in his personal relationship with his ex-wife, laughter was there in the beginning, but it slowly disappeared, and he wasn't paying attention to it—something he normally did with his audiences. “If they don't laugh … the next day, there's going to be a different approach to the routine,” he says. But with his wife … it was too late by the time he discovered what was happening.

This became his focus for the next 20 years—figuring out that “formula.” In the end, he was able to prove and defend his formula with his dissertation, and it’s very basic: “It’s having complementary opposites.” If you picture the audience and the performer, one person is talking and the other is listening. In situations like a political debate, everybody is trying to talk at the same time, nobody is listening, and that’s not healthy. You need the performer AND the audience. You need the complementary opposites.

Then, you need to consciously understand what the needs of the other person are because in the beginning of a relationship, it just happened spontaneously, because Mother Nature wants us to procreate! She gives us hormones that make us happy, we laugh, and have a great time. Then a year later, all of those hormones check out and we start separating and finding other sources of creating happiness. Unfortunately, most of the time, it's very difficult to get back to the beginning.

Yakov is an endlessly FASCINATING, talented, and super smart guy. Did you know that he’s also an accomplished artist AND developing a residential community in Branson, MO, called “Yakov Towers”? Who knew?!

View Details

Let me explain ... ALL entrepreneurial growth consists of taking opportunities/unused capabilities and unused resources and putting the two together in a NEW way, therefore pushing the frontier of human ambition and capability into the future in such a way that you have a FREE ZONE. Free of competition and regulation ... the two main things that interfere with entrepreneurial activity and success.
Download your copy of the Free Zone Frontier here.

The original concept came from a book Dan read called The Frontier In American History. It's the story of how the frontier in America went from the Atlantic coast to the Pacific Coast between 1620 and 1890, growing the population from 220 to 63 million people. The magic formula being, combining free people with (more or less) free land.

This geographic free zone lasted from 1620 to 1890, but WE grew up in the second free zone ... The Entrepreneurial Free Zone that started in the 1970s, right around the time the first personal computers came into existence. This time period created MUCH more of an exciting future than the geographic free zone.

Having been entrepreneurs for most of our lives, Dan and I have always made breakthroughs when we’ve used existing, underused resources and capabilities to create new opportunities to operate in areas where we can be exponentially more productive and profitable.

Our goal is to keep PUSHING OUT THE FRONTIER WHERE FREE ZONES CAN BE CREATED. We think podcasting is a REALLY great example of this. Think about it ... we would NOT have been able to do this podcast 35 years ago because it would have cost us more money to produce than it could produce. But because of technology and the internet, we can now create little Free Zones. Capability Amplifier is what we would call a “Free Zone Frontier.”

Looking forward to what the NEXT Free Zone Frontiers might be ... there are ENDLESS possibilities.

For Millennials, freedom exists inside of a machine. To them, being free is about being connected. There’s the virtual zone with augmented and virtual reality, the gaming world and kids trading goods in the digital world.

There’s the inner world. The world of spirit. Not just spirituality, but cognition and the mental worlds that I've been calling the #SuperBeing zone, having anything to do with the enhancement of human consciousness and expansion.

We also can’t forget about space! With companies like SpaceX and the privatization of space travel, we know that sometime in the not so distant future, we will most likely be populating Mars and mining asteroids in space for raw materials.

The new Free Zones that represent unlimited, infinite wealth, abundance, and opportunity are right around the corner, so if you want to hear more ... then tune in to this episode of the podcast. Your mind will be blown!

View Details

It’s NEVER Too Late To Pursue Your Dreams, Even If It’s Poop!
Don’t you just LOVE an inspirational, “rags to riches” story? Someone that’s pulled themselves from the depths of despair to become SUPER successful AND help other humans at the same time?

From poverty, sexual and domestic abuse, depression, two bankruptcies, and a suicide attempt to being named one of “Forbes’ Richest Self-Made Women in America in 2019.”

Today’s guest on the Capability Amplifier show is Suzy Batiz. She was bankrupt for the SECOND time in her life at 38 years old — and didn’t sell her first bottle of Poo~Pourri until she was 43. But she believes it’s truly never too late in life to pursue your dreams.

Meet Suzy Batiz, the founder of Poo~Pourri and Supernatural ... a $500+ million empire.

What I love most about Suzy is that she is an extraordinarily heart-centered person. I was curious as to what TERRIFIES her most right now. Here’s what she had to say: “I just had a sales meeting, and sales this month weren't as good as we have projected and I felt scared. I am used to winning and being successful. I have that inner competitor. So I realized I'm actually triggered by this! It's not a usual space for me. Usually everything's wonderful.”

Just to get perspective ... Suzy sold her first bottle of Poo~Pourri in 2007, and the company grew by a million dollars each year for the first eight years. She was at $8 million in revenue and that's when she did her first viral video, which EXPLODED sales.

Within four days, she had sold ALL of her inventory and had $4 million in back orders. Because she’s an ethical person and didn’t want to rack up $20 million in orders she couldn’t ship, she shut down all ad spending that were driving sales in order to get caught up. This year, she’ll do around $100 million in sales. Putting ethics ahead of money pays off!

Suzy talks a lot in the world about energy and how to create your reality from your energetic state. What she is finding right now, with a company that’s had unbelievable growth, is that she’s REALLY having to put that practice to the test. Especially with millions of dollars on the line. Keeping the focus and faith because she knows how it all works. It’s all energy!

Suzy’s SUPERPOWER is that she’s an innovator and a visionary. Disrupting … breaking things apart and putting them back together in a fantastic new way.

So if you want to hear more about the #SuperBeing that IS Suzy Batiz AND her brand new endeavors like “Supernatural” and an upcoming Abundance Course, then you’re going to have to listen to the whole episode.

Enjoy!

View Details

Earlier this year, I got to check off one of my long-time “bucket list” items when I attended the 2019 Berkshire Hathaway Annual Meeting with Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger, and I gotta tell you ... it was a LIFE-CHANGING experience!
I had heard about the Berkshire Hathaway meeting for years but I was under the illusion that you had to own a share of their stock (which is presently selling for around $222,000) to attend. I thought it was exclusively for super wealthy big shots. I didn't know that they sold B shares, which are around $220. If you buy ONE B share of Berkshire Hathaway stock, you can attend this annual event and get four passes. It's the best $200 I've spent in probably 20 years—and not for the reasons you might expect.

I believe the huge success of Berkshire Hathaway is because they’re the most principle-driven investment firm in the history of the United States. I flat-out felt different the moment I “met” Warren and Charlie. Here’s a tiny example of values and principles in real life ...

But first—the journey ...

I was on my way to the event, and my driver said, “Hey, do you want to drop by Warren's house?” To which I replied, “Hell yeah, baby doll!” ... This was one day before the event and there’s almost NO ONE there. Warren and his wife still live in the same home since buying it in the ‘50s. It’s not “over the top” or behind an enormous, guarded fortress. He doesn't travel around with a gigantic security team. He goes to McDonald's EVERY single day for breakfast, and he eats dinner at the same, predictable places in town.

Warren is one of the richest men in the world (Berkshire Hathaway has more cash right now than Apple by double—$200 billion in cash available!), but the bottom line is his fame hasn't affected him because he’s a principled person and he runs his business that way. They stick to their guns. They don’t subscribe to the “highfalutin,” Wall Street poppycock!

One of the key takeaways from the event for ME was to absolutely listen to my gut about people and values. For example, Warren WON’T deal with people who change a deal at the last minute or try to do “sneaky” stuff. He once made a deal where the agreement was off by pennies and when they went to sign the final paperwork, he quashed the deal. He said they showed their character and he doesn't work with cheaters ... period.

The event was so powerful and positive that next year, I’ve committed to taking my “SuperBeing Accelerator” clients as a group.

One of my favorite takeaways of ALL was seeing how great leaders like Warren and his partner Charlie Munger are great entertainers. The way the event opens up is, you sit down in the stadium, they play an opening movie featuring their companies, and as soon as it’s over, you hear crack, crack … that recognizable sound of a Coca Cola can being opened with the “fizzzzzz”… and then you hear “crunch, munch, munch, crunch.” The lights come up and there they are (Warren and Charlie) with a giant box of See's Peanut Butter Brittle and drinking Coca Cola before going to Q+A from the shareholders.

It was an absolute pleasure to sit there and experience old school values driven by two old men, saying whatever they wanted to say. It's not about being politically correct. These guys are respectful, decent human beings who just see things as they are and play by their own rules.

(I’ll have to admit that more than once I couldn’t help but think, “They look just like the two old men from the Muppet Show”!)

And while I sat there, puzzled for a while at these two geniuses—Warren, who drinks six cans of Coke a day, eats McDonald’s every morning, candy during the day, and steaks at night, wondering HOW IN THE HELL he’s still alive—it dawned on me after he said …

“Every day, I get to tap dance to work.”

Yeah,

View Details

Do You Have The Six Essential Traits Of An Entrepreneur?
I’m a big fan of SYSTEMS (especially the ones that actually work).

The latest episode features Gino Wickman, multiple bestselling author of Traction and creator of EOS – The Entrepreneurial Operating System that helps entrepreneurs grow and run a better business. They’ve built it up to over 300 EOS implementers all over the world that are helping tens of thousands of companies!

An entrepreneur since the age of twenty-one, Gino is OBSESSED with helping entrepreneurs live their ideal lives and maximize their freedom and impact on the world. Know anyone who fits that profile?

At twenty-five, he took over the family business, which was deeply in debt, and after turning the company around in just three years, he and his partners successfully sold it after running it for seven years.

Through that experience, Gino realized that he had a knack for helping entrepreneurs, so he created EOS.

So what kind of BRAIN does Gino have that enables him to see the struggle of the entrepreneur and create a solution? The kind that has ADHD, OCD, and a touch of dyslexia. Kind of a mess, right? But Gino’s “AHA moment” came a year into monthly meetings with a group of entrepreneurs, when he realized that “these guys are as messed up as I am!” That’s when he decided to devote his life to helping people just like him and maximize their potential. It took five years of hard work but EOS was born.

His new book, Entrepreneurial Leap, is devoted to helping entrepreneurs-in-the-making, at ANY age, understand their genetic makeup and give them a huge jump-start, along with a clear, simple path to fully realize their potential. It’s ALSO a resource for the people who care about them: parents, teachers, guardians, aunts, uncles, and professors.

The book takes you on an emotional, psychological, philosophical, soul-searching journey of discovery and has three parts – Confirm, Glimpse, and Path.

Part one, Confirm, will help any entrepreneur-in-the-making confirm if they are an entrepreneur because, unfortunately ... most are NOT. You’ll also learn about “the six essential traits” of an entrepreneur because, according to Gino, you either ARE or you are NOT born with it – “entrepreneurship is nature, not nurture.”

So ... are you ready to take YOUR Entrepreneurial Leap? You deserve to live your ideal life! Take the first step by listening to this podcast.

View Details

A former NFL all-pro, acclaimed Broadway playwright and performer, motivational speaker, leadership trainer, and author — seems like impossible accomplishments for one man, in one lifetime, right? Well, prepare to be impressed and inspired ... Meet Bo Eason!
I got to sit down with my friend Bo to discuss his first book, There’s No Plan B for Your A-Game. In the book, he shares the secrets of his many successes and shows anyone how to be the best in the world at what they do: the best leader, the best business owner, the best athlete, the best artist, the best partner, the best parent ...

But first ... let’s find out how the new book came about, shall we?

There’s No Plan B for Your A-Game came from Bo watching his mom. When he and his brother were kids, they had BIG dreams. They wanted to be professional football players but there were absolutely NO pro athletes where they grew up. There was no one to look up to or ask for advice. Parents of their friends would come over to try to talk his mom and dad into having a “plan B” for them so they weren’t heartbroken when their dreams didn’t come true. Bo’s Mom would physically throw these people out of their house, never to be heard from again. She told the boys, “You can have these dreams because there’s just one option. Success.”

Bo is an EXPERT at reinventing himself. He’s done it four times over his career, from NFL star to playwright and actor, to motivational speaker and now, author. Honestly … I think the man gets better and better with every evolution! Hands down, he’s the most amazing speaker I’ve ever seen. But how did he do it in a world that EASILY stagnates when people reach a certain level?

A simple declaration: “I want to be the BEST.”

If you’re going to be the best at something, no matter WHAT it is, then you’ve got to do one thing better than anybody else and that’s improve. You’ve got to improve day in and day out, and the ONLY way to improve is to go beyond your current capacity. That requires being OUTSIDE of your comfort zone. Even if you’re GREAT at what you do ... you’ve got to get better if you’re going to be the BEST. It’s a constant, ongoing process. Never quite get comfortable.

If you’re ready to accelerate your capabilities and work BEYOND your current capacity, then make sure you listen to this episode. You’re going to learn a whole lot about who you are and who you CAN BE if you’re willing to do the work.

View Details

Here’s a super interesting statistic ... 82% of the American population wants to write a book someday but VERY few people ever do it. It’s a topic that befuddles a lot of people.
The irony is that right now, more books are being written and published now than ever before. Thank you, Amazon, for that! But … have you ever been in a position where you’ve been thinking about writing a book and haven’t gotten around to it? OR ... you started writing a book and it’s been sitting on your computer for years and years? Well, don’t feel bad. You are NOT alone.

In this episode, my friend and co-host, Dan Sullivan, and I share with you how we can help you through the process. Dan is working on his 31st book right now, and I’ve written 13 myself and helped over 1,800 business owners become best-selling authors!

Let’s talk about books and why Dan and I think they’re MAGIC!

If you’ve written a book, regardless of whether anyone has read it, you are automatically an authority in people’s minds. Because they can imagine what it would take for THEM to write a book, when they see that you’ve actually done it ... you become like a “SuperBeing” to them.

The MOST important thing you need to realize is that a book represents YOU as a package. The title and subtitle need to declare to the world who you are, what you do, who you do it for, and what benefits and results they’re going to get when they buy your book.

Your book title and subtitle embody a feeling or an emotion that people want. So if someone reads your title and experiences clarity and confidence, the process of buying that book actually gives them the same feeling. Notice I didn’t even say “read” the book ... Their transformation begins when they make a commitment to buy it ...

Stephen Covey wrote The Seven Habits Of Highly Effective People. He owned that category so if someone came along after the fact and said, “Hey, I’ve got this book about the habits of really successful people ...” it wouldn’t fly. Your goal is to own a category, to become “a category of one,” that’s of intense interest to your potential reader and position yourself in a unique way in the marketplace. And now you are positioned and packaged as the problem-solver. Be careful about what you call your book because as Dan Sullivan says, “The person who names the game owns the game.”

Something else to consider is becoming the AUTHOR of your book rather than the WRITER. Stephen Covey didn’t have to write The Seven Habits Of Highly Effective People, but he was the author, and if you’re the author … you’re the author-ity. I write my books by speaking them—“presenting them”—as if I’m speaking on stage. I’m a performer, not a natural writer.

Here’s another super effective strategy that I use with my best-selling clients to motivate them to finish. Create your book cover FIRST, before you’ve even started writing the book. Wrap it around a real book and put it on the desk in front of you. Now, to your mind ... it’ll mean you’re done. Visualizing and SEEING it breaks through a massive barrier because now it FEELS possible, and that’s really a big part of writing a book. Like most great things in life, it’s a mindset game!

So if you’re ready to take the leap, make the commitment, and finally get your book into the hands of people who NEED to hear your ideas, then you’re going to want to listen to this episode!

View Details

Let’s be real for a minute… we ALL had dreams of being big ROCK STARS when we were little kids! Well, my recent podcast guest, Jason Flom was no different. Jason turned his dreams of Rock and Roll stardom into reality while making the world a better place at the same time.
I recently had the pleasure of sitting down with the leading American Music Executive, CEO, Philanthropist and Entrepreneur, Jason Flom and wow, was it interesting!

Jason started in the music industry when he was 18 years old, putting up posters at record stores, worked HARD, worked his way up and eventually became Chairman and CEO of Atlantic Records.

With his strong beliefs, instilled by his dad from the time he was a kid, “Do whatever you want to do, try to be the best at it, but just make the world a better place”, Jason went on to start The Church of Rock and Roll. Here are a few snippets of our conversation ...

“I started the music business when I was 18, putting up posters at record stores. I started at Atlantic Records on July 31, the hottest day of the year, they gave me a staple gun, roll of double-sided tape, Led Zeppelin posters and a ladder and I went off to the record stores and was climbing around and I thought it was the greatest job in the world. $4 an hour AND they let me have as many free records as I wanted. I thought to myself, ‘this is COOL!” That's when I gave up my Rockstar dreams and decided I wanted to be in the music business.”
-Jason Flom

“The origin of the story is that I was on my couch, where most of my good ideas happened. I was watching John Oliver do his remarkable diatribe on televangelist and I had this idea that I wanted to start a movement for people to come together under, these principles that I think Jesus really stood for. Without any of the dogma or negativity and create a new way for people to gather and work together to do good things, and feel good.”
-Jason Flom

So if you want to know how to make it in the music industry AND help people by doing good at the same time ... then check out this episode!

View Details

What DOES it take to win a major political election in today’s world of tweeting presidents and Russian-hacked social media? Blech! ? ?. That’s exactly what Dan Sullivan and I get into in episode 21. And lawdy, Lawdy, LAWDY this subject IS REALLY polarizing … but I think you’re going to find where Dan and I sit after this episode in the political quagmire the U.S. is in (not to mention England and every other country that has a bully leader).
Dan loves politics and is an avid history buff. I am ENDLESSLY fascinated with the “cartoon character” that is Donald Trump. So if you’re even the slightest bit interested in what’s going to happen in November 2020 … you’re going to LOVE this episode!

First off, I’ll just come straight out and say I pay attention to politics purely because I love marketing and figuring out what the rules and strategies are for influencing and persuading hundreds of millions of people. I see politics as entertainment and comedy.

It’s been reduced to a race-to-the-bottom shouting match appealing to the lowest common denominator and low-frequency bottom dwellers. Welcome to the world of Instagram and the Kardashians.

What I’m about to share with you is my point of view and not intended to be an endorsement of any political party or individual.

Having said that, I know this episode of our show is going to raise hackles and fluff some feathers. So be it.

America is a country where people have extraordinarily strong political views clashing with one another, which has created new political policy, new political foundations, and new structures. Nationalism is driving apart the fabric of our society. And with a major presidential election a little over a year away ... there's so much at stake.

So ... what DOES it takes to get elected?

We live in an absolutely fascinating time. El Salvador has a new president who is 39 years old and got elected because he figured out how to USE social media to get elected. Trump knew and leveraged the power of social media—for better or worse—and figured out how to gain an unfair advantage. Future elections for the foreseeable future will be determined by who masters social media, nails a message, aligns a following, and remains noisy and visible.

Market – Message – Medium. Just like marketing ... except ...

Outrage sells. Truth and trust are on the extinction list ...

Trump figured out how to leverage Twitter, a platform with no editors or editing. He broke every rule of “press meetings” and a code of conduct. No rules. He just ignored them.

He had direct access to millions of people.
He was already well-recognized.
Polarizing.
Entertaining.
A master of “reframing” conversations.
A bully.
He's a caricature, a cartoon character, which all great politicians are.
Whoever screams the loudest, has the most ears, and casts reasonable doubt … WINS.

So whether you’re a Democrat or Republican, conservative or liberal, OR you don’t care OR you’re not even an American ... you’re really going to appreciate this episode! Maybe you’ll hate us!

View Details

This is the future of technology.
Do you GEEK OUT over stuff like quantum mechanics, artificial intelligence, predicting the future, robotics, automation, and self-driving cars? If this sounds like you, you’re in for a real treat!

Recently, I attended The Near Future Summit in San Diego, CA. It’s an AWESOME event and community of “entrepreneurs, activists, inventors, and investors who enjoy helping one another achieve lofty goals.”

At the event, I had the incredible opportunity to spend time with and interview Steve Jurvetson. Besides being endlessly fascinating and brilliant, he is one of Elon Musk’s best friends.

I was super psyched to speak to Steve and have the chance to pick his brain about the future of technology. Steve is a businessman and venture capitalist, an early investor in Hotmail, founder at Future Ventures, and a current board member of SpaceX and Tesla.

In short: He’s been really successful at predicting trends and opportunities and is way ahead of the curve. I trust his predictions and perspective. Steve has been on my “must interview” list for years, and now YOU get access to his brain in a condensed interview on the show today!

Check out a few of the things Steve is excited about:

“Well, I have never been more excited. I love learning. I love technology, I'm a geek at heart. There's more learning and more frontiers than ever before. Specifically, there's a lot going on, obviously, in autonomous vehicles and driving that will touch all of our lives when we switch to these robo taxi fleets and urban equivalents where you just imagine Uber or Lyft experience, but without the driver, without the smells, with a car that has no cockpit and you have all the room in the world, and it's just a better experience in every way, three times safer, three times cheaper ... we’ll have a million robo taxis on the road by 2020.”

“Quantum computing is as weird as the name implies. It uses quantum mechanics as the fundamental basis of computation in a way that is unlike any computer you've ever heard of before. The important thing to keep in mind is it's not just ‘another supercomputer.’ It engages the computational resources of parallel universes. Now, if you're only competing in this universe, how could you compete with parallel universes of trillions of refractive echoes across these computational resources that are replicated across parallel universes? I mean, like, your mind explodes.”

Enjoy!

View Details

? Ideas Are Cheap … Execution Is Expensive!
What’s the secret to getting and keeping attention in the zero-attention-span world we all live in today?

I have a great NEW podcast for you, ESPECIALLY if you LOVE comedy, entertainment, and movies!

Have you imagined yourself either BEING a comedian or actor on stage or in theaters?

Maybe you’ve wanted to write, direct, produce, or invest in movies, music, or entertainment?

What does it take to think like a talent agent, director, or producer in Hollywood and MAKE IT?

Or maybe you just want to know what the big secret is to elevating your value as a business owner, entrepreneur, speaker, podcast host, interviewee, or writer?

I had the privilege of interviewing Emmy Award-winning talent manager and producer Joel Zadak. If you haven’t heard of Joel before, you’ve definitely heard of and seen his clients including A-list comedian Tiffany Haddish, Randall Park from ABC’s Fresh Off The Boat, Ant-Man and Aquaman, Ronnie Chieng from The Daily Show and Crazy Rich Asians, Jimmy O. Yang from Crazy Rich Asians, Adam Conover from Adam Ruins Everything, and many more.

Joel is going to take you behind the scenes with some fun Hollywood stories, and you’ll love this episode because you’ll learn how Joel THINKS and what he thinks about. His wisdom will rub off on you and you’ll realize, like I did, that we’re all in the entertainment and talent business—no matter what industry you’re in.

Let’s meet Joel Zadak!

Joel grew up in Chicago and always enjoyed comedy, appreciating movies like Animal House and Cheech and Chong. His dad introduced him and his twin brother to R-rated comedies on cable far earlier than the average parent would allow, and that made him feel special. After college, he frequented The Second City Comedy Theatre where some of the greats, including Gilda Radner, John Belushi, Tina Fey, Amy Poehler, and Steve Carell, performed. That inspired Joel to take creative writing and screenwriting classes at Second City. He wanted to write the next BIG comedy hit.

His next move was to Los Angeles where he got into a grad program for screenwriting at UCLA but dropped out once he landed a job assisting a manager in the entertainment industry and realized Hollywood was a full-time job in and of itself. Shortly after, his boss left to start his own company and Joel was promoted to manager in just four months. That’s when his next-level comedy adventures began!

Fast forward to today. Here’s Joel’s philosophy on the ONLY people he’ll represent and work with: “It's pretty much a prerequisite for me that they have interests and talents in multiple fields. That means they are writer/performers, writer/directors, director/performers, stand-up comedian/actor. I really think it's IMPERATIVE that they are content generators. They're not just what I call vendors, vending their acting services or writing services. I want them to direct or perform because I really love multiple points of entry. I love those artists who can be not only the visionary, but also the implementer. The person who comes up with the idea and then also executes the idea. Ideas are cheap ... execution is expensive. And if you can do both, then you will have a long future in this or any business.”

It doesn’t get much more succinct than that. And it really is true, no matter what industry you’re in.

Two of Joel’s “superpowers” are networking and LISTENING. So, if you’d like to have the same kind of success in your own career, you’re going to want to hear this show!

View Details

What would it feel like to receive a check or wire transfer for $5, $10, or $100 MILLION when you successfully sell your business? HOLY SHIZZLE!
I’ve done it FOUR times, and I can tell you from experience, it can either be a horrible experience or an exhilarating one depending on whether you know what you’re doing.

This week on the show, my co-host, Dan Sullivan, and I talk about something that can really feel like a near-death experience in the entrepreneurial world … SELLING your company! We’re talking about your BABY! Something you nurtured, grew, and put all of your focus and energy into. Then sometimes you get to a point where you're actually thinking about selling your baby … NOW WHAT?

In Dan’s and my experience, nine out of 10 times, the entrepreneur doing the selling has a VERY negative experience. There are a ton of reasons for this that we get into in this episode. Plus, I share my most valuable secrets for having a super successful and profitable exit.

Okay, let’s talk about the fact that MOST of us, myself included, have NO clue how to exit our first business. As a matter of fact, my first business cost me my first marriage, my sanity, and near bankruptcy. And my third business was a MAJOR contributing factor in my getting cancer because of the stress it put on my body.

We get into this thinking that we're going to get to a “certain point” in our business where everything will be just “hunky-dory,” so in the beginning we trade time for money and compress all our energy for the big payout ... the “BIG CHECK!” The thought of, “Wow, what would it feel like to have my ‘f*#k you number’?!” The number where you’d actually have financial freedom and everything it represents, and so often … THAT becomes the driver INSTEAD of having what I regard as the “pure thought process.” That’s experiencing pure GRATITUDE for being able to provide great service and great value to an audience who loves you as their hero and being rewarded for THAT instead.

That’s really what the game of business is all about.

Some of the key points that we cover in this episode:

* How I successfully and NOT so successfully sold four different companies (what to do and what NOT to do).
* How I woke up one day and knew I was done (with my last company) so I made the decision to get rid of all the things that didn't serve my body, family, marriage, son, and purpose because it just didn't feel right anymore.
* How Dan has only ever had ONE company and plans on keeping it that way because it serves him and his mission well.
* EXACTLY what buyers are looking for in a company when they buy it.
* The ONE BILLION dollar sale of one of Dan’s clients’ businesses and the correct motivation behind it.
* How to approach the sale of your company like you’re the BUYER.
* How important it is to TRAIN your audience how to buy from you.
* How passion and experience play a BIG role in the success of most entrepreneurs’ first businesses and those sales.
* The BEST exit mindset to adopt for success.
* The importance of taking time off after you sell a company to HEAL, but why getting back in the saddle within a year is important too.

Two of the most VALUABLE pieces of advice I can give you as someone who’s owned and sold four businesses is:

* When selling a business, make SURE you have complete and total detachment. The moment you hand over the keys, if you're attached in any way to the “baby,” you just allowed someone to adopt knowing that you may never see them again ... you're in trouble.
* The investment is never actually in the product. The investment is in the entrepreneur. Our smartest investments are ALWAYS in people.

As usual, there’s always MORE. Dan and I LOVE elevating and amplifying your life!

View Details

When you're the most interesting person in the room, you're in the wrong room!
I recently had the pleasure of sitting down to interview Rich Litvin, “The Accidental Entrepreneur,” for my podcast. In case you’re not familiar, Rich is a hugely successful author of three bestselling books, he runs a high level mastermind group, and is a highly sought after business coach who only works with five clients per year and gets $100,000 per client!

Why is Rich “The Accidental Entrepreneur”? Well ... because his dad was an entrepreneur and did his best to persuade his three sons to do anything BUT become entrepreneurs. But it turns out, many years later, guess what all three sons are! Yup, you guessed it. They’re entrepreneurs!

He was a high school teacher for 15 years and eventually a vice principal because that is his passion. But he lost his job in 2005 and began a new career as a coach. He didn't know you were supposed to have a business plan or how to write a business plan, so for the last 14 years his one-line business plan has been, “Meet fun and interesting people.”

During our time together, Rich and I delve into some pretty interesting subjects that I know you’ll get a lot out of. Have a look:

* The 4% Rule:
• The way to get better when you're an extraordinary top performer, and in an arena where you could die, is to only push yourself 4% beyond your current capabilities.
* The Three Traps (that leaders get themselves into in their evolution as business owners, people, and SuperBeings):
• One – The Isolation Trap: "I'm not lonely, but I feel very alone."
• Two – The Imposter Trap: "People admire me, but I feel like a fraud."
• Three – The Emptiness Trap: "I have everything I ever wanted, but I feel empty.
* Serving people SO powerfully that they never forget your conversation for the rest of their life.
* The power of LISTENING and the willingness to sit in the uncomfortable silence.
* Serving people vs. pleasing people.
* “The dream behind the dream”: The difference between what people SAY they want vs. what they ACTUALLY want.
* "When you're the most interesting person in the room, you're in the wrong room."
* What are you tolerating?
* Who are you being right now in your life that if your child grew up to be that way, you’d feel like, "How did I miss that?"
* What's the legacy you would leave today if it were your last day on earth vs. the legacy you’d like to leave?"

These are just a few of the incredible highlights from our conversation. Rich has some AMAZING stories to share. You DO NOT want to miss this episode!

View Details

Are you good at managing people? Hiring? Dealing with day-to-day stuff? Do you find it interesting or fun?
I don’t. I suck at it.

It’s REALLY important as an entrepreneur that you have the right team to support you. You CAN’T do everything on your own … even though I know you may want to (I’m talking to you, perfectionists … I see you!). That’s the quickest way to BURN OUT and experience failure.

Dan posed an interesting question during our talk: “Regardless of what business, service, or marketplace you were in, what kinds of people would you want around you? Who would you hire?”

Here are my 4 non-negotiable, must-have employees:

* A GREAT Executive Assistant: one who’s super resourceful, understands the value of your time, protects it at all costs, and knows how to solve problems. Ideally, someone who has a value system to make themselves available when critical things break, meaning they understand that emergencies happen.
* An Integrator: someone who can take over your operations competently. They’re watching the “back end” of your business—the details—and know how to deal with a visionary.
* A Project Manager: someone who can manage hiring and finding talent and resources to get important tasks done, whether it's in-house, contract, or vendors.
* A Communications Director/Brand Manager: someone who understands the branding, the messaging, and what the company and YOU stand for. Someone who can take ideas, flesh them out, and turn them into content so that you’re ready for prime time, whether it's on social media, emails, messaging, articles, or proposals.

Dan agrees and feels that your Executive Assistant is probably the MOST crucial hire you can make as an entrepreneur. We live in a world where everyone wants to get to you, and you NEED a gatekeeper—someone who can sort out requests for your time and make judgment calls. They know what your vision of the future is and are confidently judgmental.

In Dan’s world, it was also very important for him to hire an artist. The reason for that is because communication through graphics is 100 times faster than communication through words. We are in a conceptual world, a world of ideas, and ideas spoken lend themselves to 100 different interpretations. But if you can take an idea and put it into a graphic, it's almost binary. People either get it or they don't get it, so he takes a graphic approach to everything he does.

We break down our hiring process into a few simple steps:

* Place an ad that’s HONEST, personal, and detailed about what your expectations are. Make it funny if that’s you! Differentiate yourself. Be CREATIVE! Here’s a little blurb from the ad I placed when I was looking for my EA 13 years ago (and, by the way, people have asked me to copy it many, MANY times!): “Agent M seeks Mr. or Mrs. Moneypenny, aka an executive assistant who is a workaholic and obsessive compulsive codependent, extremely detail oriented with impeccable organization and communication skills to help manage serial entrepreneur’s business.”
* Hire people for a single focus job. In other words, hire people who are uniquely good at one thing and give them one really extraordinary thing to do.
* When you're hiring people, put in your messaging, “I am an entrepreneur whose business is to be a hero to ________ kinds of people in the marketplace. We uniquely help them do _________ and I want to devote all my energies to being a hero in this way.” Whoever this resonates with is a GREAT candidate.

I like to say, “You attract exactly who you deserve, depending on your own self worth, and who you're aspiring to be.” The more open you allow yourself to be without experiencing fear, the faster you ELEVATE and ESCALATE your business and LIFE!

As usual, there’s always MORE.

View Details

This episode was an absolute BLAST! I got to sit down with Adam Conover from the hit TV show “Adam Ruins Everything.” Adam is the host and investigative comedian on a comically inventive yet unrelentingly serious quest to reveal the hidden truths behind everything you know and love. He takes on topics ranging from the workplace and voting to forensic science and security, giving you not just fun facts to share with your friends, but information that will make you see the world in a WHOLE new way.
Adam says “Adam Ruins Everything” is VERY much based on a younger version of himself. He knew he annoyed a lot of people. He was very outgoing, but in ways that would disrupt the flow of a class or people just hanging out, and he often felt unable to interact with people socially. On his show, he shares big ideas, and the audience’s reaction is always, “Oh, my God, why do you tell me this?” Adam turns big reveals and his disruptive know-how into positive comedy.
As a Capability Amplifier himself, Adam is bringing truth and knowledge and showing the audience how to have a better mind for checking and investigating facts.
He’s fascinating and fascinated. Always curious.

Meet Adam Conover ...

Adam developed his creative skills doing comedy in New York for little to no pay. In college, he was in a sketch comedy group with a bunch of his college friends, in the very early days of the internet. We're talking pre-YouTube time! But they were putting up videos on CollegeHumor.com and they were going viral. They did everything involved in making the videos, including writing, acting, directing, and post production. Adam designed websites, did the visual effects, and learned how to compress video. That really gave him a grounding in both creative and technical skills.

Eventually, Adam started doing stand-up and teaching sketch comedy writing at UCB in New York, and that’s when he REALLY came into his own as a performer. And once he started combining comedy and information … he created his own lane where NO ONE was competing with him in live stand-up.

The next step on Adam’s journey was to create, write, and pitch “Adam Ruins Everything” and get it picked up on TV.

Adam admits that he got very lucky when he was pitching to the many, MANY different networks because someone needs to be buying what you're selling. Everyone LOVED the show, but no one had a need for it until he went to truTV where they had a specific mandate from their higher ups for an informational comedy show.

Right message, right audience, right timing. Also known as luck. But he made luck for himself. Another great Capability Amplifier.

What he pitched was what they were looking for, so Adam took that experience and now applies it whenever he’s pitching anything. He will make it good and will make sure everyone in the room loves it … but he’s not going to let his ego get in the way. It allows him to go in and pitch with a lot more confidence because he’s not thinking, “I hope they like it. It's gonna change my life.” Instead, his attitude is, “Hey, here's what I'm selling. Do you want to buy it?”

Enjoy!

Mike

View Details

Zig Ziglar said, “You will get all you want in life if you help enough other people get what they want”—and that’s what being a hero is all about.
You’re going to get the secrets to being a hero in Episode 14. My good friend and co-host, Dan Sullivan, and I pick up where we left off our last conversation about how as humans, we're moving from the state of being Doers/doings and Knowers to actually being Beings … but we’re taking it a step further this time.
We’re talking breakthroughs, becoming BETTER beings, and deciding who you want to be a HERO to.

This week, we talk about encountering barriers and challenges, how we push through them, being a “hero” for others, and where we can seek improvement. I’d go so far as to say our complex world is pushing us toward another level as #SuperBeings. We’re entering into a more complex economy and complex times, so how we engage and interact with one another, society, and technology is forcing a NECESSARY evolution.

The INSTITUTIONS we once trusted are flat-out obsolete:

* Healthcare and the medical system (know anyone who loves their health insurance company?)
* Money (crypto is changing the game)
* Banking (show me someone who loves their bank or even know their banker anymore)
* Government (and the leaders who run them)
* Transportation systems
* Education (what does a college education get you these days?)
* The military (soon wars won’t be fought on a battlefield—cyber warfare is scary!)
* The media (let’s face it, CNN, Fox News, and MSNBC aren’t driven by facts or truth; they’re slaves to hype and agendas)
* Social media (soon AI and bots will create fake content designed to sway your opinion with fake people and voices indistinguishable from real life)

Here are a few of the big ideas Dan Sullivan and I explore in this episode:

* How the “breakthroughs are in the obstacles.”
* How virtual reality has become anti-social and people prefer ACTUAL reality.
* How when I was going through my own reinvention and new “reality” over 18 months ago, I was SCARED AS HELL to talk about it!
* Confronting my own addiction to being busy and how dependent I was on constant feedback.
* How A LOT of entrepreneurs I talk to go through the same exact thing because they’re not “busy being busy.”
* How as an entrepreneur with an admittedly big ego, my assumption and fear was, “I don't want to talk about something until I fix it first, because who's going to want to work with me if I'm not the guy with all the answers?”
* How I finally figured out that the more raw and authentic you are, as you're going through the process as an imperfect being, the more attractive and real you are to your audience.
* How as soon as I broke through my fear and started talking about it publicly, SO many people came to me saying, “Hey, I'm going through that too. Can you help me?”
* Dan’s evolution, never-ending growth, and learnings over his 40+-year career as a top level coach!

So what are some other important takeaways from this episode?

* As we evolve as humans and entrepreneurs, we take for granted our accumulated wisdom and forsake our past. Therefore, we often SEVERELY undercharge for our services even though our accumulated wisdom has a tremendous amount of value.
* We all get exactly who we deserve as customers based on our own perception of ourselves and our filters. Don’t let your own ego or unwillingness to ask for your true value and worth get in your way.
* A huge part of being an effective advisor or coach is listening, asking a lot of questions, and crafting incredible stories.
* Becoming a great storyteller is an exercise in COMPASSION and EMPATHY.
* It doesn’t matter your age or where you’re starting,

View Details

Sheri Salata grew up outside of Chicago and worked with the daytime television titan for more than 20 years with one of the most heralded jobs on the planet as the executive producer of “The Oprah Winfrey Show.” In this episode, Sheri gives us some AMAZING takeaways from her tenure working with Oprah.
But as AMAZING as it sounds, Sheri says, “It was not a straight shot by any means! I think that when people hear about a 20-year career with Oprah Winfrey, it sounds like I just left college and sailed right into Harpo studios and started climbing up the ladder. But the truth is, I did not start at The Oprah Winfrey Show until I was 35 years old, in an entry-level position.”

Over her 20+ career, Sheri was privy to EVERYTHING that was pitched to Oprah, and she’s used that knowledge to expand her depth with regard to her own business and passions—from diet trends to celebrity drama, fitness crazes and spiritual movements. Sheri had access to many of the secrets that passed through Oprah’s studios, and today we uncover what those professional lessons did for Sheri and her business, and what it can do for YOU TOO!

Sheri shares with me what happened to her personally through her journey. During her professional career, she LOST herself; gained and lost 40, 60, and 100 pounds; smoked cigarettes; didn’t marry or have children; and when she made the decision to leave the show, she began her REAL journey to find herself again.

THIS is a story of reinvention over 50 — RELEASING A LIFETIME OF SHAME AND SADNESS.

Some of the best takeaways from this episode:

* How to use life’s “Magical Glasses” and how that can lead you to fast life transformations and reinventions.
* How to see a story in someone and how to use that story to teach and connect deeply to an audience.
* What TRULY made the Oprah Show work.
* What running a BILLION dollar media company was like, and the secret to producing 100+ shows a year FOR DECADES.
* How we are “curators of our own reality” — and how to use that to increase your consciousness.
* How to intentionally create the most magical moments in your life and how to utilize those to shape your mission.
* The power in taking simple actions to make the biggest moves that produce the most significant results.

“There is no question that the fastest way to transformation in your own life, to how you feel about yourself, to how you feel about your partner, to how you feel about your friends and family, to how you feel about your life, your home, your everything, is to slip on a pair of MAGICAL GLASSES and lead with what is working, what's positive, what’s sparkly, and what's shiny.” -Sheri Salata

What’s the best way to support Sheri’s mission?

Grab of copy of Sheri’s new book (I BURNED THROUGH IT!), The Beautiful No: And Other Tales of Trial, Transcendence, and Transformation, check out her podcast, The Sheri + Nancy Show, and visit her website at the www.ThePillarLife.com.

View Details

This week, we dive into our evolution as “fully realized” human beings and how that reflects on the changes that are happening right now in the world around us. Dan and I make a point of talking about the stuff that's REALLY happening right NOW, both in our world and what we observe in our clients and customers. Our goal is constant, never-ending EVOLUTION.
The SuperBeing Economy is the movement and shift toward “The Singularity” — massive world, economic, and energetic shifts that are happening around us and accelerating at a faster pace every year.

What does this mean for you? By applying these concepts, ideas, and wisdom, you can predict opportunities and challenges this new future will bring to you, both personally and professionally.

Think about the progression for a moment ...

We've seen a shift from a doing economy, which is rapidly being replaced by automation, robotics, and rapid moves away from people doing menial stuff. That’s scary as hell — especially to people in the blue-collar, manufacturing, transportation, task, and “gig” economy marketplaces.

Next is the “white collar” knowing economy. Information is FREE and WORTHLESS now that we all have Google and our augmented-Smartphone brains attached to us 24/7/365. You don’t need to remember or know anything right now because it’s accessible all the time (until you drop your &%#&*ing phone in the toilet!).

My prediction is that in the next 5-10 years, artificial intelligence and neural networks will be replacing and devaluing a tremendous number of knowing jobs. These are white-collar jobs including customer service, telesales, financial services, accounting, therapy, medicine, and more that rely on applied information.

For example, soon there will be a SaaS (Software As Service) you can rent that plugs right into your phone, web browser, or business “dashboard” that provides these services at 1/10 to 1/100 the price you’re paying for now.

YES, for some, that will be scary. Dan and I happen to believe this shift will create an infinite number of new and better jobs. Humans shouldn’t be mining for coal or working in sewers. Let the robots do that.

This constant evolution is forcing us to shift our capabilities and our skill sets. Humans will augment AI and neural networks, which will allow us to do more creative and innovative things.

We’ll create experiential industries and businesses.

The FIVE BIG skills and capabilities that will always be valued in the new “SuperBeing Economy” are:

Innovation
Creation
Collaborative Creation
Leadership
Experiences and Community

Machines and automation aren’t replacing those skills and things anytime soon.

Here are a few of the big ideas Dan Sullivan and I explore in this episode:

How humans haven't actually been trained to be Human.
How we've entered into a world of “augmented” human beings.
The notion of “outevolving” who you are (outgrowing the “self” you were supposed to be) to increase your value.
The distinction between a “Doer,” Knower,” and “Be-er.”
Can we predict when we’ll outgrow who we’ll become?
How important is it to get back in touch with who you were when you were six years old?
How to create the courage and confidence to get out of your own way when you realize you’ve outgrown who you used to be.
My tips on how I’ve shed my skin and reinvented myself six times over the past 30 years.
My belief that on a spiritual energetic level, we are on the brink of singularity, a shift in human consciousness.
My work with a Sri Lankan energetic healer.
How everybody has to go through a knowing and doing stage of their life to accumulate experienc...

View Details

In this special episode, you’ll meet Dave Asprey, the founder of Bulletproof Coffee, Upgrade Labs, and Bulletproof media, host of the top-rated “Bulletproof Radio” show, and author of multiple New York Times bestsellers. Dave also wrote The Bulletproof Diet, Head Strong, Game Changers, multiple cookbooks, and is a featured contributor in dozens of magazines, including Men’s Health.
Dave is well known for coining the phrase “biohacking,” the state of high performance where you take control of and improve your biochemistry, your body, and your mind so they work in unison, helping you execute at levels far beyond what you’d expect, without burning out, getting sick, or allowing stress to control your decisions.

Dave used his techniques to increase his IQ by 20 points and to drop 100 pounds without exercise or counting calories. He’s a human guinea pig who recently endured the most extensive stem cell treatment ever done on a person at one time … in his quest to live to 180.

What I love about Dave is he’s all heart. In this interview, you’re going to learn about how he thinks and makes decisions, the biggest dangers he’s currently facing, where he sees opportunities for growth in the world of medicine and personal growth, and how you can model what he does in your life and business.

I interviewed Dave at his home in Victoria, B.C., with his wife Lana, two kids, a dog, five sheep, and a spiritual guru. I got an upgrade ... including spirit, brain and whole-body cryotherapy at 265 degrees below zero!

Dave’s work can be found here.

View Details

I went through a phase in my life where, when I woke up, I didn't feel like me. I was anxious and depressed, and I didn't know what it was. The way I interpret it now is that the universe was saying, “It's time to reinvent your life.”
We all carry traumas that affect our character, behavior, fears, what we avoid, and what we’re attracted to. They can be caused by the way we’re treated as babies, bullied, shamed, discounted, disciplined, educated … OR they could be passed on through generations (known in the medical world as epigenetic) or something self-inflicted like an addiction to a substance or something we see a lot in our society today, addiction to our phones and social media.

It’s my opinion that the more chaos and distractions you have, the more addictions you have, whether they manifest as physical or mental addictions. And as a result, the less effective and less emotionally available we are to the relationships that matter most.

Energetically, the way the universe works is, the more emotionally available and conscious you are, the more the universe will give you.

Simply put: the more you do to clear your traumas, addictions, and distractions, the happier, healthier, and more successful you’ll be.

In this episode, Dan and I talk about how, with the guidance of Energy Workers, we have been able to greatly improve our lives. We’ll talk about:

* How Dan found an Energy Worker in an Australian Olympian and still works with him today.
* How I worked with a group of people who do deep energetic work and how they can do the equivalent of 30 or 40 years worth of therapy in three months.
* Why some of the highest ranking, most successful people in the world use energetic workers to help them clear and relieve traumas and attachments.
* Our own personal experiences witnessing the effectiveness of a gifted Energy Worker.
* How most entrepreneurs will need to learn to throw out their logic and checklists, enter the world of ambiguity and white space, and embrace the subtle things that simply cannot be observed until you've done the work.
* The top three fears men have versus the top three fears women have.
* How to do the inner work and alleviate ego attachment.
* How to accept and embrace that there are things we can’t touch, see, or explain in order to expand your consciousness and capabilities.

Dan's energy worker is Kim White. His website is: https://kimwhitecoaching.com

View Details

If you’re 50 or older, how would you like to feel like you’re 30 again? You can build character based on how you treat your body. Mike is 52 and Dan is 75 but their bodies and health don’t match their chronological age. Mike feels like he’s 30 and people are often really surprised when they find out how old Dan is, which leads to the conversation we are going to have today.
How do you do it?!

In this episode, we’ll get practical and tactical by diving into several areas that have helped us reach optimal health and wellness:

Fitness
Diet
Supplementation
Hormone Replacement Therapy
Health Hacks That Turn The Clock Back
Tech, Tools, And Equipment We Use
Functional/Traditional Medicine
Energetic Medicine
Our Brushes With Death And Disease (we’ve both had cancer!)

For developing character and optimizing health, Mike and Dan both stick to a daily morning routine. You can learn from other people’s practices, but they’re hard to imitate because everyone does them for very specific reasons. Experiment and find what’s best for YOU.

Dan’s daily recipe for his capability optimization looks like this:

Green drink with protein
Gym for about 80 minutes to burn 1,000 calories before breakfast
Meditate for 20 minutes (47 years strong!)
Doesn’t worry about food for the rest of the day
Tries to eat organic: lots of greens and fruit, fish and meat
Makes sure to get enough protein (because of how much he exercises)
Drinks mostly water and green juice with an occasional glass of wine or beer

Mike's routine goes something like this:

Heads to the beach and hangs by arms on monkey bars for a full body stretch
Pull ups
Gymnastic exercises for core (push ups, crunches, and sit ups in the cold water)
Squat jumps
Runs barefoot in the ocean for 1-3 miles
Swims out into the ocean, flips onto his back, meditation, and WIM HOF breathing
Home to shower
Takes supplements (customized based on his blood readings)
Eats (organic smoothies, veggies, meat, and fish)
Drinks tons of water (3 quarts minimum daily)
BHRT (Bioidentical Hormone Replacement Therapy - the silver bullet to get your mojo back!)
His whole routine can be done in 20-30 minutes!

A few more health optimizing topics covered in this episode:

Tricks and “Unfair Advantage Hacks”
Peptide and protein supplements
Muscle is the key to everything! (balance, metabolism, energy, and motivation)
Measurement and reporting are key to making progress
The importance of getting your blood work done
Finding a good, functional medical physician
Age-reversing technology (get a free copy of Dan’s guide.)

Here are some of the tools, tech, and resources we’ve found to be highly beneficial:

Wim Hof Inhalation and Exhalation exercises
Peloton Exercise Bike
The Vasper
Muse 2 Meditation Device

View Details

Personal and business reinvention doesn’t always have to be painful. Virtually every billionaire entrepreneur has a “Phoenix Rising” story about how they made and lost millions before they had their big break.
Mike admits he’s rarely spoken publicly about it for fear that his customers and employees would abandon him, but he’s been on the edge of financial disaster more times than he cares to admit.
Learning how to predict, anticipate, or control the variables or learn how to live and deal with the stress of building and growing a company is what determines the character of an entrepreneur. Resilience!
The thought of leaving behind what you have in order to do something different can be scary, but it's something that practically every entrepreneur has been forced to do because a market or entire industry changes or disappears. In this episode, Dan Sullivan and Mike Koenigs talk about how reinventing yourself is a logical and necessary step, and how it can benefit you and others.
Here are a few key points Dan and Mike talk about:

The products we want: An interesting distinction Dan and Mike have found is “we all write the book we need to read” and “we all make the products we want to buy.”

Transparent and honest: Your objective as an entrepreneur (and both your personal and company brand) is to be as transparent and honest as possible in such a way that someone is attracted to and sees all aspects of you in a very authentic way.

For others: You can direct the capabilities and strategies you've acquired toward helping other people do what you've already done for yourself.

Fewer and deeper: It might be that you can impact a lot more people by impacting fewer people more deeply. Transformational products, services, and brands don’t always require “narrow and wide” market penetration to cause massive change.

Personal realm: Often, the biggest catalyst for growth in an individual comes from igniting a personal transformation.

Who you are: When you figure out your greatest value as a human being, you can get paid for who you are as opposed to what you do or what you know. This requires constant tweaking and market testing.

Keeping score: Not everything in business is about money, but money can be a way of keeping score.

Reacting and adding: Being a great entrepreneur means reacting and responding to the marketplace and trying your best to add some scientific principles and wisdom.

Reinventing ability: As an entrepreneur, you have the ability to reinvent and to rewrite the rules of who you are and how you're going to behave.

Without prep: If you're cooperating and creating with the right people, you can create magic without very much preparation. Dan and Mike are both big improvisers and have managed to create businesses that thrive on their unique capability to create on the fly and produce products and services their clients love to buy.
Subscribe and get the latest episode at www.MrBz.com/CA
Please rate and review after you listen!

View Details

Too often, we meet people and think it would be beneficial to have some kind of relationship with them, but then we learn down the line that it was a bad idea. In this episode, Dan Sullivan and Mike Koenigs share questions to ask to make sure that someone you meet is a good person to get involved with.
Technology for relationships: Good technology enhances your ability to have great relationships.

Four criteria: There are four criteria you can use as filters for relationships: 1. Do you like the person? 2. Do you trust the person? 3. Do you admire what they've created? 4. Do you respect the way they’ve gone about growing what they’ve created?

More expensive: The expense it costs to get out of a bad relationship outweighs any benefit you might get at the front end.

Passion questions: You can learn a lot about someone if you get them to talk about what they're really passionate about.

No trust: If someone declines to answer a question about their future goals, it might mean they want to get information from you but they don't trust you.

Good attitude: A person who has an attitude of, “I’m buying future experiences, and I'm very careful about who I get involved with” tends to do well.

Positive or negative: If someone can’t accept positive feedback, they might not be able to accept negative feedback either.

View Details

There’s an element in humanity that might be even more important than systems such as capitalism, socialism, and marketplace organization. In this episode, Mike Koenigs and Dan Sullivan talk about Capableism, the natural desire in all humans to grow their capabilities.
Natural desire: Every individual, regardless of where they are, is born with a natural desire to expand their capabilities in any way they can.

Capability systems: Systems like capitalism, socialism, science, and technology are ways of channeling many individual capabilities in order to produce much bigger results that can serve everybody.

Unhappiness prevention: When people attempt to prevent or control the combining of capabilities, a great deal of unhappiness results.

Must cooperate: Because each individual engages in teamwork for their own purposes, they have to cooperate with other people to get what they want.

Teamwork places: People like to be in places with massive, spontaneous teamwork.

Jumps in teamwork: The biggest jumps that entrepreneurs take in their careers are when they're in teamwork with other people and produce a bigger result than they could achieve by themselves.

Bigger world: We love people who give us a bigger framework in which to demonstrate our skills.

Investment for growth: We invest in other people, and the return we’re looking for is mutual growth.

Willing to ask: Being a capable person includes being willing to ask for help and knowing that doesn’t mean you’re not capable.

Spills over: What you learn from one relationship automatically spills over to all of your relationships.

View Details

Download the Dream 100 Manifestation Template that we discussed in this episode!
Many entrepreneurs sell themselves short and end up being limited by their situations. In this episode, Mike Koenigs and Dan Sullivan talk about how to identify and then share feelings and values in a way that will increase people’s perception of your value.
No longer served: It often happens that someone realizes that the constraints of their current situation no longer serve them.

Takes courage: Even when you’re unsatisfied with a situation, it takes courage to leave it because you don't know how things will turn out.

Resonance needed: If you’re living a business life of no compromise, you have to feel like you’re resonant with those you work with.

Paid for: You get paid for doing, then you get paid for knowing, and then you get paid for who you are.

Own stories: While some people need to be part of someone else’s story, entrepreneurs have confidence in their own personal stories.

Ideal of yourself: It might be that the type of client you want to attract is your highest idealized version of yourself.

Our product: We all create the product we need for ourselves.

Coaching importance: Coaching is as important in the 21st century as management was in the 20th century.

Feelings in advance: Just by crafting words, you can let people experience the feelings they desire ahead of time.

More valuable: Experiences are more valuable than any product or service.

View Details

Some of the rules we’ve gotten used to no longer apply, and the world is going to continue to change. In this episode, Dan Sullivan and Mike Koenigs talk about how to adapt and reinvent yourself so that you always come out on top.
No normality: Things will not remain stable or “normal,” but humanity will always adapt.

Loss and opportunity: Society is going to be rocked by artificial intelligence entering the workplace and making jobs disappear quickly while also creating opportunity. Reinvention and innovation will be rewarded more than ever before.

Broken contract: Americans have had a sort of social contract since the Second World War saying that no matter how much money you spend on higher education, the future’s going to pay it back. But it’s not true anymore.

More chaos: Many people think of the use of mobile phones as a grounding mechanism, but it really just creates more chaos and more addiction.

Recognizing chaos: The ability to reinvent and create massive value for oneself is a process of recognizing and realizing that society as a whole is addicted to chaos, and that chaos is the enemy of innovation and peace.

Valueless commodity: It used to be that if you did well in school, the world would take care of you. Now, it’s easy to simply become a drone and a commodity, and the world doesn’t value commodities at all.

Inherent value: The best situation is to prize yourself and be prized by a category, for your value to be inherent. This can be done by creating a category for yourself that you own and dominate.

Telling stories: The telling of stories is increasingly crucial to reinventing yourself. The ground underfoot can change one day, but if you’re quick-minded, you can start telling a different story and stay upright.

Reinvent and expand: A fundamental part of expanding your capabilities is being able to reinvent yourself.

View Details

Everyone wants to do bigger and bigger things, but they have to be thinking in the right way first. In this episode, Dan Sullivan and Mike Koenigs talk about the mindsets necessary to grow, to reinvent, and to maybe even dominate a category of business.
Positive domination: Anyone who creates a brand new capability will dominate a category, and it’s transformative to many others if they’re dominating it enough to create a lot of good for other people.

Two approaches: You can see a category dominator either as a threat or as something that can amplify your own capability.

Negative connotation: “Domination” can have a negative connotation for people who have been dominated recently or for people who have been dominators themselves and then lost that power.

Great story: For category domination, everything that you do in connecting with and communicating with the world has to be supported by a great story.

Human qualities: To differentiate yourself in this digital world, you have to do it on the basis of desirable human qualities that you not only show but actually live.

Starting point: The starting point for reinventing yourself is to get clear on the mindsets of the kind of people you want to create value for.

A higher level: If you look at the best relationships you’ve had in your life, you’re seeing qualities outside of yourself that you’d like to take to a higher level for yourself.

View Details

Being aware of coming changes can help you find the biggest opportunities. In this episode, Dan Sullivan and Mike Koenigs talk about technologies that will be making huge impacts in industries in the not-too-distant future.
World multiplier: Who you are at your best is being multiplied by the world around you.

Category domination: Find a unique way of telling your story so that people instantly acknowledge and recognize you as an authority, expert, and thought leader. This allows you to charge premiums, command the stage, and command the media.

Worldwide upsides: Overall, the global population is better off than ever before, and abundance is a key part of that.

Humanity is bigger: Humanity will always be bigger than anything that humans create. What we do is use technologies to grow.

A big shift: A shift in context, language, and category changes people’s behavior and their thinking structure.

View Details

Dan Sullivan and Mike Koenigs set out to help you expand your business and your personal life, and provide helpful tips, ideas, and strategies with examples to get you there.
Natural desire: Every human being has a desire to increase their capability, however possible.

Be interested: People who are very interested are also very interesting.

Find opportunities: While artificial intelligence representing the new frontier might mean the loss of many jobs, it also means the creation of many new opportunities.

Perceive your value: As someone increases their skills over time, they don’t always perceive their own value as having increased as much as their customers’ perception of their value has.

Earn more time: If you double your prices and get better customers, you’ll have more time to think, create, and manifest.

The bottom 80%: A worldwide survey showed that when organized by profitability, the bottom 80% of customers that accounting firms worked with were actually costing the firms money to work with them.

Bigger game: Dropping the bottom 80% of your clients not only frees you from something unprofitable and uninteresting, it also lets you jump into bigger opportunities and play a bigger game.

Best 20%: Looking at your most profitable clients, figure out what activities you love doing most and if there could be a business in doing only that. This formula can be applied to anything.

Good questions: Ask questions that reveal what someone is interested in and passionate about and, more importantly, what they see value in and where there’s a history of repeated value.

Always evolve: In any capital-intensive, evolutionary, entrepreneurial business, you’ll either outgrow your customers or your customers will outgrow you. You have to decide to elevate, escalate, and evolve on an ongoing basis.

Grow in relationships: If you admire someone else’s growth, and they reciprocate, the relationship will last forever.

Handling change: To be great at dealing with change, you have to be a master of knowing what won’t change.

Capability Amplifier: Recent Episodes

Mike Koenigs and Dan Sullivan